openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

November 2015

24 participants
835 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94214 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/de/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Nov '15

03 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:23 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94214 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/de/po/linux-user-mgmt.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/de/po/linux-user-mgmt.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/de/po/linux-user-mgmt.de.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/de/po/linux-user-mgmt.de.po 2015-11-03 12:56:23 UTC (rev 94214) @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:07\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po 2015-11-03 12:56:23 UTC (rev 94214) @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:07\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94213 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Nov '15

03 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94213 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/base.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cio.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/docker.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/installation.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/journal.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/network.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/packager.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/printer.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rear.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/registration.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/squid.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/storage.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/support.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -932,10 +932,9 @@ msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" -msgstr "&Start" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ #. Overview of all config sections #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "Global konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Opret hjemmemappe ved login" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" @@ -89,16 +89,16 @@ #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Name" -msgstr "Navn" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Value" -msgstr "Værdi" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Description" -msgstr "Beskrivelse" +msgstr "" #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 @@ -177,12 +177,12 @@ #. New service #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Service" -msgstr "Tjeneste" +msgstr "" #. New domain and provider types #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Domain" -msgstr "Domæne" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Domain name (example.com)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -22,103 +22,97 @@ msgid "Configuration of Authentication server" msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "Aktivér/deaktivér tjenesten" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "Tilføj en ny database" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "Vis en liste over aktuelt tilgængelige databaser" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "Vis en liste over aktuelt konfigurerede skemaer" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "Tilføj et skema til listen" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "Aktivér tjenesten" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "Deaktivér tjenesten" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" -msgstr "Database-type (\"hdb\" eller \"bdb\")" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "Databasens base-DN" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" -msgstr "DN til administrator-login" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "Administratoradgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "Mappe til databasen" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "Fil" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "Position" +msgstr "" #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); #. #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" -msgstr "Ingen base-DN angivet\n" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "Database kan ikke oprettes, når tjenesten ikke er aktiveret" +msgstr "" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "Fejl under tilføjelse af databasen" +msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "LDAP-databasen er allerede oprettet. Du kan ændre indstillingerne senere på det installerede system." +msgstr "" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "[root adgangskode]" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "[Sæt manuelt]" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "Kan ikke hente systemets root-adgangskode. Angiv en LDAP-serveradgangskode for at forsætte." +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -128,18 +122,17 @@ msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "Base-DN: " +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "Rod-DN: " +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "LDAP-adgangskode: " +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" @@ -149,47 +142,43 @@ msgid "Provider: " msgstr "" -# #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "Åbn port i firewall" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "JA" +msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "NEJ" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "Firewall er deaktiveret" +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "Registrér på NTP-dæmonen: " +msgstr "" -# #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "Start LDAP-server: " +msgstr "" #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "OpenLDAP-server" +msgstr "" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "Open&LDAP-server" +msgstr "" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -200,9 +189,6 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" -"Pakken '%1' er ikke tilgængelig.\n" -"YaST2 kan ikke fortsætte konfigurationen,\n" -"uden at pakken installeres." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -212,8 +198,6 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" -"YaST2 kan ikke fortsætte konfigurationen\n" -"uden at installere de krævede pakker." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." @@ -224,19 +208,16 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" -"OpenLDAP-server: Almindeligt servercertifikat er ikke tilgængelig.\n" -"StartTLS er deaktiveret." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of OpenLDAP MirrorMode replication" msgstr "" -# #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." -msgstr "Eksisterende konfiguration fundet." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" @@ -244,19 +225,16 @@ "Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Du har en eksisterende konfiguration, men LDAP-serveren kører ikke.\n" -"Vil du starte serveren nu og genlæse dens konfigurationsdata, eller\n" -"vil du oprette en ny konfiguration fra bunden?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "Genstart" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" -msgstr "Ny konfiguration" +msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 @@ -271,14 +249,13 @@ "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" -msgstr "Overfør eksisterende konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" -msgstr "Opret en ny konfiguration fra bunden" +msgstr "" #. LdapServer summary dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 @@ -302,32 +279,28 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "Generelle indstillinger" +msgstr "" -# #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "&Start LDAP-server" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "Registrér på en &SLP-dæmon" +msgstr "" -# #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" -# #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." -msgstr "LDAP-serveren kører ikke." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" @@ -375,7 +348,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "&Avanceret konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -385,17 +358,16 @@ msgid "&Enable Kerberos Authentication" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "Basale Kerberos-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, #. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" -msgstr "Områd&e" +msgstr "" #. abort? #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 @@ -405,28 +377,27 @@ "without installing the package." msgstr "" -# #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "Avanceret Kerberos-konfiguration" +msgstr "" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" -msgstr "Avancerede valgm&uligheder" +msgstr "" #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "Nuværende valg: " +msgstr "" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Konfiguration:" +msgstr "" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 @@ -451,7 +422,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "Gennemse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -468,11 +439,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" -msgstr "er ikke en gyldig LDAP-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "Adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -499,7 +470,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "Protokol" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -516,19 +487,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "C&A-certifikatfil (PEM-format)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "&Gennemse..." +msgstr "" -# #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "Vælg CA-certifikatfil" +msgstr "" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -624,22 +594,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "&Validér adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" msgstr "" -# #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Konfiguration af opstart</h3>" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" -msgstr "<h4>Start LDAP-server</h4>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" @@ -650,7 +618,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" -msgstr "<h4>Protokol-lyttere</h4>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." @@ -661,8 +629,6 @@ "LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" "is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP er standard LDAP-grænseflade på port 389. TLS/SSL-sikret kommunikation\n" -"er muligt med StartTLS-handlingen, når du har konfigureret et servercertifikat." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -679,7 +645,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" -msgstr "<h4>Firewall-indstillinger</h4>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" @@ -690,7 +656,7 @@ #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Basale databaseindstillinger</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" @@ -703,14 +669,11 @@ "It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -"Valgmuligheden Base-DN angiver navnet på rodindgangen\n" -"i den database, der oprettes." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" @@ -728,9 +691,6 @@ "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -"Hvis denne guide startedes under installation, sættes \n" -"LDAP administratoradgangskode indledningsvis til systemets root-adgangskode\n" -"angivet tidligere i installationsprocessen. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" @@ -768,7 +728,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Redigér BDB-database</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." @@ -779,8 +739,6 @@ "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Angiv det komplette DN - eller kun første del - og vedhæft base-DN automatisk med\n" -"Vedhæft base-DN." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" @@ -799,26 +757,16 @@ "large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Du kan justere størrelsen på OpenLDAPs interne caches med Indgangs-cache\n" -"og Indeks-cache (IDL-cache). Indgangs-cache angiver det antal indgange,\n" -"der holdes i OpenLDAP-hukommelsens indgangs-cache. Hvis det er muligt (nok RAM), bør dette\n" -"antal være stort nok til at holde hele databasen i hukommelsen. Indeks-cache (IDL-cache) \n" -"bruges til at øge hastigheden på søgninger i indekserede attributter. Generelt kræver specielt\n" -"HDB-databaser en stor IDL-cache for god søgeydelse (tre gange størrelsen på indgangs-cache\n" -"som en tommelfingerregel)." -# Password dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Indstilling af adgangskodepolitik</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -"Hvis du vil gøre brug af databasens adgangskodepolitik, skal du\n" -"aktivere Aktivér adgangskodepolitik." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" @@ -828,11 +776,6 @@ "needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Markér Klartekst-adgangskoder som hash for at angive, at OpenLDAP-serveren\n" -"skal kryptere de klartekst-adgangskoder, som findes i tilføje- og ændre-forespørgsler,\n" -"før de lagres i databasen. Bemærk, at dette modstrider X.500/LDAP-informationsmodellen,\n" -"men kan være nødvendig for at kompensere for LDAP-klienter, som ikke bruger de udvidede\n" -"handlinger for adgangskodeændring til håndtering af adgangskoder." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" @@ -845,7 +788,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -msgstr "Angiv navnet på standardobjektet for politik i Standard DN politikobjekt." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" @@ -856,7 +799,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Konfiguration af indeks</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." @@ -909,10 +852,9 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -# Password dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Konfiguration af adgangskontrol</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" @@ -1054,14 +996,11 @@ msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" -"<big>Afbryde initialisering:</big> \n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at klikke Afbryd nu." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1075,11 +1014,10 @@ "informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" msgstr "" -# #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Resumé af LDAP serverkonfiguration</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" @@ -1091,7 +1029,7 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr "Med Start LDAP-server Ja eller nej, start eller stop LDAP-serveren. " +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." @@ -1126,15 +1064,14 @@ "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -# #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>TLS-indstillinger</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "<h4>Basale indstillinger</h4>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" @@ -1157,10 +1094,9 @@ "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "<h4>Importér certifikat</h4>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" @@ -1179,7 +1115,7 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "Under dette punkt konfigureres nogle globale parametre." +msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 @@ -1188,9 +1124,6 @@ "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Tilføj planfiler i denne dialog. Tryk på Tilføj for at åbne en fildialog, hvori du kan vælge\n" -"en ny plan.Bemærk: OpenLDAP (med brug af back-config) i øjeblikket ikke understøtter fjernelse af\n" -"plan-data" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 @@ -1202,12 +1135,11 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" -msgstr "Vælg hvilke specielle features, OpenLDAP-serveren skal tillade eller afvise:" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Vælg tillad-flag:</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" @@ -1220,16 +1152,12 @@ "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -"Anonym bind når akkreditiver ikke er tomme: For at tillade anonymt bind \n" -"når akkreditiver ikke er tomme (f.eks. adgangskode findes, men tildel DN findes ikke) " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Ikke-godkendt bind når DN ikke er tom: For at tillade ikke-godkendte \n" -"(anonyme) binds når DN ikke er tom" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" @@ -1238,10 +1166,9 @@ "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Vælg afvis-flag</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" @@ -1283,7 +1210,7 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "Tryk på Tilføj database... for at tilføje en ny databasen." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" @@ -1319,13 +1246,12 @@ #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "Selv om dit kerberos-område kan være en hvilken som helst ASCII-string er normen at sætte det til det samme som dit domænenavn i store bogstaver.\n" +msgstr "" -# #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." -msgstr "Denne streng specificerer placeringen af Kerberos-databasen for dette område." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 @@ -1335,190 +1261,186 @@ #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." -msgstr "Denne streng angiver placeringen af keytab-filen som kadmin bruger til at autentificere til databasen." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." -msgstr "Denne absolutte tid angiver standard udløbsdatoen for principaler oprettet i dette område." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." -msgstr "Disse flag angiver standardattributterne for principalen oprettet i dette område." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "Tillad efterdaterede" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå efter-daterings-billetter." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "Tillad at der kan videresendes" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå videresendbare billetter." +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "Tillad at der kan fornyes" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå fornybare billetter." +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "Tillad fuldmagter" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå proxy-billetter." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "Tillad bruger-til-bruger godkendelse" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå en sessionsnøgle til en anden bruger, hvilket tillader bruger-til-bruger autentificering for denne principal." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "Kræver preauth" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "Hvis dette flag er aktiveret på en klient-principal, så vil den principal være påkrævet at præ-autentificere til KDC'en før den modtager nogen billetter. På en tjeneste-principal, betyder aktivering af dette flag at tjeneste-billetter for denne principal kun vil blive uddelt til klienter med en TGT som har det præ-autentificerede billetsæt." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "Kræver hwauth" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "Hvis dette flag er aktiveret, så er principalen påkrævet at autentificere med brug af hardwareenhed før modtagelse af nogen billetter." +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "Tillad tjeneste" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader KDC'en at uddele tjeneste-billetter for denne principal." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "Tillad tgs anmodning" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag tillader principalen at opnå billetter baseret på en billetgivende billet, i stedet for at gentage autentificeringsprocessen der blev brugt under opnåelse af TGT'en." +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "Tillad billetter" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag betyder at KDE'en vil udstede billetter til denne principal. Deaktivering af dette flag deaktiverer dybest set principalen indenfor dette område." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "Ændring krævet" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "Aktivering af dette flag gennemtvinger en adgangskodeændring for denne principal." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "Tjeneste for adgangskodeskift" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." -msgstr "Hvis dette flag er aktiveret, markerer det principalen som en adgangskodeændrings-tjeneste. Dette bør bruges i specielle tilfælde, for eksempel hvis en brugers adgangskode er udløbet, er brugeren nødt til at få billetter til den principal for at kunne ændre det uden at gå gennem den normale adgangskodeautentificering." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "Placering af streng for ordbogsfilen, der indeholder strenge, som ikke er tilladt som adgangskoder. Hvis dette mærke ikke er sat, eller hvis principalen ikke er tildelt en politik, udføres intet tjekt." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." -msgstr "Dette portnummer angiver den port på hvilken kadmind-dæmonen skal lytte for dette område." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "Denne streng angiver placeringen af hvor hovednøglen er blevet gemt med kdb5_stash." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." -msgstr "Denne streng angiver listen af porte som KDC'en skal lytte på for dette område." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "Denne streng angiver navnet principalen forbundet med hovednøglen. Standardværdien er K/M." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "Denne nøgletype-streng repræsenterer hovednøglens nøgletype." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." -msgstr "Denne delta-tid angiver den maksimale tidsperiode som en billet må være gyldig i, i dette område." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "Denne delta-tid angiver den maksimale tidsperiode som en billet må blive fornyet i, i dette område." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "En liste over key/salt-strenge, som angiver standard key/salt-kombinationer af principaler for dette område." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "Angiver de tilladte key-salt-kombinationer af principaler for dette område." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "Angiver hvorvidt listen over overgangsområder til tvær-område-billetter skal tjekkes mod overgangsstien beregnet fra områdenavnene og [capaths]-sektionen af dens krb5.conf-fil" +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "Dette LDAP-specifikke mærke indikerer antallet af forbindelser, der skal vedligeholdes via LDAP-serveren." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 @@ -1528,24 +1450,23 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." -msgstr "Angiver listen over undertræer som indeholder principalerne for området. Listen indholder undertræ-objekternes DNer adskilt af kolon(:).Søge-omfanget angiver omfanget af søgning efter principalerne under undertræet." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "Angiver DN for containerobjektet i hvilket principalerne for området vil blive oprettet. Hvis containerreferencen ikke er konfigureret til et område vil principalerne blive oprettet in områdecontaineren." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Angiver maksimalt billetlevetid for principaler i dette område." +msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Angiver maksimal fornybar levetid for billetter for principaler i dette område." +msgstr "" -# #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -1557,40 +1478,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "Databasesti" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "&Databasesti" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "ACL-fil" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "ACL-&fil" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "Administrator keytab" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "Standard udløbsværdi for principal" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1603,12 +1523,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" -msgstr "&Tilgængelig" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" -msgstr "&Dato" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 @@ -1621,7 +1541,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" -msgstr "T&id" +msgstr "" #. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", #. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), @@ -1632,141 +1552,134 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "Standardflag for principal" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" -msgstr "Tillad e&fterdaterede" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" -msgstr "Tillad at der kan &videresendes" +msgstr "" -# #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" -msgstr "Tillad at der kan forn&yes" +msgstr "" -# #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" -msgstr "Tillad fuld&magter" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "Tillad br&uger-til-bruger godkendelse" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" -msgstr "Kræver pr&eauth" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" -msgstr "Kræver &hwauth" +msgstr "" -# #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" -msgstr "Tillad tjene&ste" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" -msgstr "Tillad tgs a&nmodning" +msgstr "" -# #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 msgid "Allow &tickets" -msgstr "Tillad bille&tter" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" -msgstr "Ænd&ring krævet" +msgstr "" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" -msgstr "Tjeneste for &adgangskodeændring" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "Ordbogsfil" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "Kadmin-dæmon port" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "Kpasswd-dæmon port" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "Nøgleopbevaringsfil" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "KDC-port" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "Hovednøglenavn" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "Hovednøgletype" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 @@ -1774,17 +1687,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "Maksimal billetlevetid" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" -msgstr "&Dage" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420 @@ -1792,69 +1703,66 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "Maksimal billet tildelingstid: %1" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "Standard krypteringstype" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "KDC-understøttede krypteringstyper" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "Afvis dårlig sending" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "Antal LDAP-forbindelser" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "Filen med LDAP adgangskoden" +msgstr "" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "Søg i undertræer" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "Søgeomfang" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" -msgstr "undertræ&ssøgning" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 msgid "&one level" -msgstr "&et niveau" +msgstr "" -# #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "Beholder til principalen" +msgstr "" -# #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "Avancerede LDAP-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1914,82 +1822,75 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" -# #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** #. * tree structure definition ** #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration af opstart" +msgstr "" -# #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "Globale indstillinger" +msgstr "" -# #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "Planfiler" +msgstr "" -# Login dialog caption #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "Logniveau-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" -msgstr "Tillad/afvis features" +msgstr "" -# #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "TLS-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "Databaser" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "Suffiks-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "Type af database" +msgstr "" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." -msgstr "Din TLS/SSL-konfiguration ser ud til at være ukomplet." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" -msgstr "Vil du virkelig aktivere \"ldaps\" protokol-lytteren?" +msgstr "" -# #. add a new file to the list #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "Vælg ny planfil" +msgstr "" -# #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "Planfilen er allerede i listen." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2003,17 +1904,15 @@ msgid "A common server certificate is not available." msgstr "" -# #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "Vælg certifikatfil" +msgstr "" -# #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "Vælg certifikatnøglefil" +msgstr "" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2028,32 +1927,31 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette databasen?" +msgstr "" #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger for den nuværende database." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse indstillinger for den nuværende database." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "N&y administratoradgangskode" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "Adgangskode&kryptering" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -2067,7 +1965,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "Nej" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 @@ -2075,7 +1973,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "Ja" +msgstr "" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 @@ -2087,17 +1985,15 @@ #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 msgid "Index Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration af indeks" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "Retningslinier for adgangskode-indstilling" +msgstr "" -# Password dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration af adgangskontrol" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 msgid "Replication Provider" @@ -2113,197 +2009,188 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" -msgstr "Protokol-lyttere" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP" +msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -msgstr "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "Inkluderede &planfiler" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "Vælg &Logniveau-flag:" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "Sporingsfunktions-kald" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "Fejlret pakke-håndtering" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" -msgstr "Tung sporings-fejlretning (funktionsarg.)" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "Forbindelseshåndtering" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "Udskriv pakker sendt og modtaget" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "Behandling af søgefilter" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "Behandling af konfigurationsfil" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "Behandling af adgangskontrolliste" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "Log tilslutninger, operationer og resultat" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "Log-indgange sendt" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "Udskriv kommunikation med skal-backends" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "Indgangs-fortolkning" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" -msgstr "LDAPSync-gentagelse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "Ingen" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "Vælg till&ad-flag:" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "LDAPv2 bind-forespørgsler" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "Anonym bind når akkreditiver ikke er tomme" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "Ikke-godkendt bind når DN ikke er tom" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" -msgstr "Ikke-godkendte opdateringhandlinger der skal behandles" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" -msgstr "Vælg &afvis-flag:" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" -msgstr "Deaktivér accept af anonyme bind-forespørgsler (forbyder ikke anonym adgang til mapper)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" -msgstr "Deaktivér simpel bind-godkendelse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "Deaktivér at tvinge session til anonym status ved modtagelse af StartTLS-handling" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" -msgstr "Afvis StartTLS-handling hvis godkendt" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "Basale indstillinger" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "Aktivér TLS" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" -msgstr "Aktivér grænsefladen LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "Brug almindeligt servercertifikat" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "Importér certifikat" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "Certifikat&fil (PEM-format)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "&Gennemse..." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" -msgstr "Certifi&katnøglefil (PEM-format - Ukrypteret)" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "Genne&mse..." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" -msgstr "Start CA-håndteringsmodulet" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "&Base-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "Administrator DN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "Tilføj B&ase-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "Ændr adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "Redigér BDB-database" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" -msgstr "Indgangs-cache" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" -msgstr "Indeks-cache (IDL-cache)" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" @@ -2311,11 +2198,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "kilobytes" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "minutter" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" @@ -2331,38 +2218,38 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "Rediger Database" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "Database-type er ikke understøttet i øjeblikket." +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" -msgstr "Indekserer konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "Egenskab" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "Tilstedeværelse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 msgid "Equality" -msgstr "Lighed" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 msgid "Substring" -msgstr "Substreng" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "Ændr administratoradgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" @@ -2370,38 +2257,36 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "Tilføj indeks" +msgstr "" -# Password dialog caption #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "Indstillinger for adgangskodepolitik" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "Aktivér adgangskodepolitikker" +msgstr "" -# CheckBox label #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "Klartekst-adgangskoder som hash" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "Offentliggør statussen \"Konto er låst\"" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "Standard DN politikobjekt" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "Redigér politik" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" -msgstr "Alle indgange" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" @@ -2409,35 +2294,35 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" -msgstr "Indgangen med DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "Alle" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "Godkendte klienter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "Anonyme klienter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" -msgstr "Den tilgåede indgang (selv)" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" -msgstr "Brugeren med DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "Alle indgange i undertræet" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "Alle medlemmer af gruppen" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" @@ -2445,69 +2330,69 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "Ingen adgang" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" -msgstr "Ingen adgang (men vis information ved fejl)" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "Godkend" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "Sammenlign" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "Læs" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "Skriv" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "Administrér (fuld adgang)" +msgstr "" #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "Ny database" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "Basale databaseindstillinger" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "&Administrator-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "Tilf&øje base DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "LDA&P administratoradgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "&Databasemappe" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "Brug denne database som standard for OpenLDAP-klienter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "Vælg databasemappe" +msgstr "" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "Base-DN skal være angivet." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2515,11 +2400,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "Rod-DN skal være angivet, hvis en adgangskode gives." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "Validering af adgangskode fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2529,52 +2414,52 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "En mappe skal angives." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "Mappen eksisterer ikke. Vil du oprette den?" +msgstr "" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "Godkendelse fejlede. Adgangskoden er sikkert forkert.\n" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "Fejlbeskeden var: '" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "Forsøg igen?" +msgstr "" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "Tilgængelige attributtyper" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "Valgte attributtyper" +msgstr "" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "For hvem skal denne regel anvendes" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "Indgang-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "Vælg" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "Definér adgangsniveauet" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2595,27 +2480,27 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "Undertræ-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "Gruppe-DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "Redigér regel for adgangskontrol" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" -msgstr "Målobjekter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "Matcher filteret:" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" -msgstr "LDAP-filter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" @@ -2623,23 +2508,23 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "Attributter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Redigér" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "Adgangsniveau" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "Hvem" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "DN" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2647,11 +2532,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "Op" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "Ned" +msgstr "" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2668,11 +2553,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "Mål" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" -msgstr "Filter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" @@ -2688,10 +2573,9 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "Port" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2701,23 +2585,21 @@ msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "Dage" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "Timer" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "Minutter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "Sekunder" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2775,15 +2657,15 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "Læser opstartskonfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" -msgstr "Læser konfigurationsmotor" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" -msgstr "Læser konfigurationsdata" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" @@ -2797,31 +2679,31 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "LDAP-søgning fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP URL skema." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "LDAP-initialisering fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "LDAP-binding fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "Initialisering af LDAP skema mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "Læsning af LDAP skema mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "Kerberos-skema er ikke kendt af LDAP serveren." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 @@ -2830,38 +2712,37 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "Ændring af kerberos-database mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "LDAP ændring mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "Ufuldstændige data." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "Ikke understøttet databasetype." +msgstr "" #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "Aktiverer LDAP-server" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "Starter LDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "Aktiverer OpenLDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "Genstarter OpenLDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -2875,27 +2756,25 @@ msgid "Activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "Skriver opstartskonfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "Rydder op i config-mappe" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "Opretter konfiguration" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "Starter OpenLDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "Opretter baseobjekter" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -2907,41 +2786,37 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "Skift fra slapd.conf til config-backend fejlede." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "Aktivering af lytteren for LDAPI-protokol fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "Rydning af config-mappe fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "Fejl under udfyldelse af konfigurationsdatabasen med \"slapadd\"." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "Aktivering af LDAP-tjenesten fejlede." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "Start af LDAP-tjenesten fejlede." +msgstr "" #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "Stopper LDAP-server" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "Deaktiverer LDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" @@ -2961,50 +2836,45 @@ msgid "De-activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "Skriver sysconfig-filer" +msgstr "" -# Password dialog caption #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "Føjer ændringer til konfigurationsdatabase" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "Føjer ændringer til /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "Opretter baseobjekter til nyligt oprettede databaser." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "Opdaterer standardobjekter for adgangskodepolitik" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" -msgstr "Venter på at OpenLDAP's indekseringsopgaver i baggrunden skal færdiggøres (dette kan tage nogle minutter)" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "Genstarter OpenLDAP-server hvis påkrævet" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "Oprettelse af baseobjekter fejlede." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "Oprettelse af objekter for adgangskodepolitik fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" @@ -3014,10 +2884,9 @@ msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "Registrér på SLP-tjenesten: " +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " @@ -3025,19 +2894,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "Opret de følgende databaser:" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "Databasesuffiks: " +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "Type af database: " +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "Ikke konfigureret endnu." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3045,12 +2914,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "Certifikatfil eksisterer ikke" +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "Certifikatnøglefil eksisterer ikke." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3062,20 +2931,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "Rydder op i mappe til config-database" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "Konverterer slapd.conf til config-database" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "Skifter opstartskonfiguration til brug af config-database" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "Genstarter LDAP-server" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" @@ -3083,20 +2951,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "Output af \"slaptest\":\n" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "Overførsel af eksisterende konfiguration fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." -msgstr "Aktivering af LDAPI-lytter fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "Fælles servercertifikat er ikke tilgængeligt. StartTLS er deaktiveret." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3119,19 +2986,19 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive krb5.conf." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "Oprettelse af kerberos-database mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "Skrivning til kodeordsfilen mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "er ikke en gyldig LDAP-DN." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." @@ -3149,7 +3016,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "Første del af suffiks skal være c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= eller dc=." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 #, perl-format @@ -3173,11 +3040,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -msgstr "Rod-DN skal være et underobjekt af base-DN." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette mappe." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 #, perl-format @@ -3207,158 +3074,154 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "Skrivning til krb5.conf mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "Skrivning til kdc.conf mislykkedes." +msgstr "" #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "Database-typen '%s' er ikke understøttet. Tilladt er 'bdb' og 'hdb'." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "Landenavn skal være en ISO-3166 2-bogstavs landekode." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "Ugyldigt 'rootdn'." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "'rootdn' skal være under 'suffikset'." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "For at angive en adgangskode skal du definere 'rootdn'." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." -msgstr "Definér 'rootpw'." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "'%s' er en krypteringsmetode der ikke er understøttet." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "Definér 'mappe'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "Mappen findes ikke." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "Værdien for cache-størrelsen er ugyldig." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "Ugyldig checkpoint-værdi." +msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "Definér 'passwd'." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "Redigering af database fejlede." +msgstr "" #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "Manglende parameter 'suffix'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "Kan ikke genstarte tjenesten." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "Kan ikke stoppe tjenesten." +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "CA-certifikatfil eksisterer ikke." +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "Sti til CA-certifikat eksisterer ikke." +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "Certifikatfil eksisterer ikke." +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "Ugyldig værdi for 'TLSVerifyClient'." +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "Skrivning fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "Manglende parameter 'ServerCertificateFile'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse certifikatfil." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "Manglende parameter 'ServerCertificateData'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "Korrupt PEM-data." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "Manglende parameter 'ServerKeyFile'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse nøglefil." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "Manglende parameter 'ServerKeyData'." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse CA-certifikatfil." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive certifikatfil." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive nøglefil." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive CA-certifikatfil." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/base.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/base.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/base.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -4323,12 +4323,11 @@ msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Afbrudt" -# #. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) #. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "Fil ikke fundet." +msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 @@ -5070,7 +5069,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "KiB" +msgstr "" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cio.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cio.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cio.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -37,29 +37,28 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" -msgstr "Enhed" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" -msgstr "Brugt" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" -msgstr "ja" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" -msgstr "nej" +msgstr "" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "" -# #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" -msgstr "Vælg &alle" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" -msgstr "Sikkerhed" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" -msgstr "Tjeneste" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" @@ -81,16 +81,16 @@ #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Annullér" +msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" -msgstr "IP-adresse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" -msgstr "Kanal" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" @@ -224,16 +224,16 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "Running" -msgstr "Kører" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Not running" -msgstr "Kører ikke" +msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Booter" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" @@ -245,11 +245,11 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 msgid "Switch On and Off" -msgstr "Slå til og fra" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Current Status: " -msgstr "Nuværende status: " +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 msgid "Add" -msgstr "Tilføj" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Del" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Redigér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "Sync File" @@ -427,8 +427,6 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Afbryd initialisering:</big> \n" -"Afbryd konfigurationsværktøjet sikkert ved at trykke på Afbryd nu.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 @@ -445,10 +443,6 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Afbryde gemmeprocess:</big> \n" -"Afbryd gemmeproceduren ved at trykke på Afbryd.\n" -"En yderligere dialog informerer dig, om det er sikkert at gøre det.\n" -"\n" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 @@ -458,7 +452,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 @@ -468,12 +462,12 @@ #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "Læser i databasen" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "Læs tidligere indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 @@ -483,12 +477,12 @@ #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Læser databasen..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "Læser tidligere indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 @@ -499,7 +493,7 @@ #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 msgid "Cannot install required package" @@ -518,12 +512,12 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 msgid "Cannot read database2." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse database 2." +msgstr "" #. Error message #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "Kan ikke finde enheder." +msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 @@ -533,7 +527,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 @@ -543,7 +537,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 @@ -553,4 +547,4 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 msgid "Network" -msgstr "Netværk" +msgstr "" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255 msgid "Subnet Address" @@ -109,11 +109,11 @@ #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 msgid "Network Mask" -msgstr "Netværksmaske" +msgstr "" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257 msgid "VLAN" -msgstr "VLAN" +msgstr "" #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275 @@ -135,16 +135,15 @@ msgid "Router pre&ference" msgstr "" -# #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet" -msgstr "&Subnet" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350 msgid "Net&mask" -msgstr "Net&maske" +msgstr "" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372 msgid "Broa&dcast" @@ -168,17 +167,17 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414 msgid "&IP Address" -msgstr "&IP-Adresse" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 msgid "Name" -msgstr "Navn" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 msgid "URL" -msgstr "URL" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 @@ -238,21 +237,20 @@ msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "" -# #. combobox item #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 msgid "Custom" -msgstr "Brugerdefineret" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 msgid "User Name" -msgstr "Brugernavn" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 msgid "Password" -msgstr "Adgangskode" +msgstr "" #. text entry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 @@ -270,8 +268,6 @@ "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" -"Adgangskoderne matcher ikke.\n" -"Prøv igen." #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 @@ -285,11 +281,10 @@ msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "" -# #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 msgid "disabled" -msgstr "deaktiveret" +msgstr "" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 @@ -347,7 +342,7 @@ #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." -msgstr "Den laveste adresse skal være lavere end den højeste." +msgstr "" #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 @@ -435,7 +430,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 @@ -450,13 +445,13 @@ #. Progress step #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 msgid "Reading the configuration..." -msgstr "Læser konfigurationen..." +msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 @@ -466,9 +461,9 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/docker.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/docker.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/docker.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -59,10 +59,9 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "" -# #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" -msgstr "Softwarekilde" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" @@ -86,24 +85,23 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" -msgstr "Image-fil" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 msgid "Command" -msgstr "Kommando" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 msgid "Ports" msgstr "" -# #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" -msgstr "Genop&frisk" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" @@ -111,7 +109,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" -msgstr "&Slet" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "ja" +msgstr "" #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "nej" +msgstr "" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ #. the flag is not set at all #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" -msgstr "ikke sat" +msgstr "" #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "Ja" +msgstr "" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "Nej" +msgstr "" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "Driver" +msgstr "" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/fonts.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 msgid "Default" -msgstr "Standard" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 msgid "&Select" -msgstr "&Vælg" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 msgid "LCD &Filter" @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 msgid "Alias" -msgstr "Alias" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Font Family" @@ -216,23 +216,23 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Available" -msgstr "Tilgængelig" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "Fjern" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 msgid "Down" -msgstr "Ned" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 msgid "Up" -msgstr "Op" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 msgid "&Add" -msgstr "Til&føj" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 msgid "&Installed families..." @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ #. delete families, that are part of list for some alias #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57 msgid "&Filter" -msgstr "&Filter" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61 msgid "Installed Families" @@ -579,11 +579,11 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "&Annullér" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243 msgid "&Ok" -msgstr "&O.k." +msgstr "" #. save unknown langs #: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" -msgstr "port" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" @@ -117,17 +117,17 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 msgid "Add" -msgstr "Tilføj" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Redigér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Slet" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Annullér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" @@ -248,12 +248,11 @@ msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "" -# #. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Firewallkonfiguration" +msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); @@ -337,7 +336,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") #. Convert relative path to absolute path @@ -368,7 +367,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "Læs tidligere indstillinger" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -378,13 +377,13 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "Læser tidligere indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress finished #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. GeoCluster write dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 @@ -394,7 +393,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 @@ -404,7 +403,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 @@ -415,13 +414,13 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger." +msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "Konfigurationssammendrag..." +msgstr "" #. GeoCluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 @@ -431,34 +430,34 @@ #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "Læser i databasen" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "Søge efter enhederne" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Læser databasen..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "Søger efter enheder..." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse databasen 1." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse database 2." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "Kan ikke finde enheder." +msgstr "" #. GeoCluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 @@ -468,13 +467,13 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "Kør SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "Kører SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "Konfiguration summarum..." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/installation.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -192,7 +192,8 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "Al nødvendig information for basisinstallationen er nu indsamlet." +msgstr "" +"Al nødvendig information for basisinstallationen er nu indsamlet." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 @@ -238,7 +239,8 @@ #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "Nødvendig information for at udføre en opdatering er nu indsamlet." +msgstr "" +"Nødvendig information for at udføre en opdatering er nu indsamlet." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 @@ -273,22 +275,29 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." msgstr "Sortlistning af enheder aktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">deaktivér</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." msgstr "Sortlistning af enheder deaktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">aktivér</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "Brug Sortlist enheder hvis du vil oprette sortliste-kanaler over sådanne enheder, hvilket vil reducere kernens hukommelsesforbrug." +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"Brug Sortlist enheder hvis du vil oprette sortliste-kanaler over " +"sådanne enheder, hvilket vil reducere kernens hukommelsesforbrug." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." msgstr "Sortlister enheder..." @@ -299,36 +308,56 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 +#| msgid "" +#| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " +"profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" +"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Markér Klon systemindstillinger, hvis du vil oprette en AutoYAST-profil.\n" -"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" -"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" -"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." +"Markér Klon systemindstillinger, hvis du vil oprette en " +"AutoYAST-profil.\n" +"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden " +"brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" +"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis " +"denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" +"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.<" +"/p>" #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "Skriv AutoYaST-profil til /root/autoinst.xml ved installationens afslutning?" +msgstr "" +"Skriv AutoYaST-profil til /root/autoinst.xml ved installationens afslutning?" #. this is a heading #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..." msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgstr "Klon systemkonfiguration" #. this is a menu entry #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgstr "&Klon systemkonfiguration" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vil blive gemt som /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">gem den ikke</a>)." +msgid "" +"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">" +"do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST-profilen vil blive gemt som /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">gem " +"den ikke</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -365,8 +394,12 @@ msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Her kan du vælge at bruge Novells prædefinerede imagefiler for at gøre RPM-installationen hurtigere." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Her kan du vælge at bruge Novells prædefinerede imagefiler for at gøre " +"RPM-installationen hurtigere." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -377,8 +410,12 @@ msgstr "Installér i&kke fra imagefiler" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Udrulning af egne imagefiler - dette kræver at en URL er konfigureret som installationskilde" +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Udrulning af egne imagefiler - dette kræver at en URL er konfigureret som " +"installationskilde" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -386,12 +423,18 @@ msgstr "Her kan du oprette dine egne imagefiler.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" msgstr "Du skal konfigurere softwarevalget før du kan oprette en imagefil her" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Opret en imagefil (AutoYaST vil hente den fra den angivne placering under installation)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Opret en imagefil (AutoYaST vil hente den fra den angivne placering under " +"installation)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -416,25 +459,34 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"Installation fra imagefiler bruges til at gøre installationen hurtigere.\n" -"Imagefiler indeholder komprimerede snapshots af det installerede system, som matcher dit\n" -"valg af mønstre. Resten af pakkerne, som ikke er i imagefiler, vil blive installeret fra\n" +"Installation fra imagefiler bruges til at gøre installationen " +"hurtigere.\n" +"Imagefiler indeholder komprimerede snapshots af det installerede system, som " +"matcher dit\n" +"valg af mønstre. Resten af pakkerne, som ikke er i imagefiler, vil blive " +"installeret fra\n" "pakker på den normale måde.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal " +"auto-installation." msgstr "" "Oprettelse af egne imagefiler bruges hvis du\n" "vil skippe hele trinnet med RPM-installation. I stedet vil AutoYaST dumpe en\n" -"imagefil på harddisken, hvilket er meget hurtigere og kan være være prækonfigureret allerede.\n" -"Alt andet end RPM-installation gøres som under en normal auto-installation." +"imagefil på harddisken, hvilket er meget hurtigere og kan være være " +"prækonfigureret allerede.\n" +"Alt andet end RPM-installation gøres som under en normal auto-installation.<" +"/p>" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 @@ -444,11 +496,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Bemærk at ved installation fra imagefiler vil tidsstemplet for alle pakker, som kommer fra imagefilerne, ikke\n" -"matche installationsdatoen, men i stedet den dato hvor imagefilen blev oprettet." +"Bemærk at ved installation fra imagefiler vil tidsstemplet for alle " +"pakker, som kommer fra imagefilerne, ikke\n" +"matche installationsdatoen, men i stedet den dato hvor imagefilen blev " +"oprettet." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -490,13 +545,15 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler er aktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">deaktivér</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Installation fra imagefiler er aktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">deaktivér</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler er deaktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">aktivér</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Installation fra imagefiler er deaktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">aktivér</a>)." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -597,6 +654,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Test af t&astatur" @@ -630,12 +688,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Licensen skal accepteres, før du fortsætter installationen.\n" -"Brug Licensoversættelser..., for at se licensen i alle de tilgængelige oversættelser.\n" +"Brug Licensoversættelser..., for at se licensen i alle de tilgængelige " +"oversættelser.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -684,6 +744,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 +#| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Udgivelsesnoter..." @@ -769,20 +830,29 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" +"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Markér Klon, hvis du vil oprette en AutoYAST-profil.\n" -"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" -"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" -"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden " +"brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" +"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis " +"denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" +"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.<" +"/p>" #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "For at klone det aktuelle system, skal pakken %1 være installeret." +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"For at klone det aktuelle system, skal pakken %1 være installeret.<" +"/p>" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -823,10 +893,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "Fejlsøgning er blevet slået til.\n" -"YaST vil åbne en pakkehåndtering, hvor du kan kan tjekke pakkers aktuelle status." +"YaST vil åbne en pakkehåndtering, hvor du kan kan tjekke pakkers aktuelle " +"status." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -860,7 +932,9 @@ msgstr "&Disk som skal bruges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -895,6 +969,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurér &iSCSI-diske" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Skift net&værkskonfiguration" @@ -1027,6 +1102,7 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#| msgid "Installation Mode" msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Installationsindstillinger" @@ -1043,6 +1119,9 @@ # Read dialog help 1/2 #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Installation Mode</big> \n" +#| "Select what to do:" msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Installationsindstillinger</big>" @@ -1061,7 +1140,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1070,8 +1150,12 @@ #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation, så se websiden http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see " +"http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation, så se websiden " +"http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1127,10 +1211,13 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Et konfigureret netværk behøves, for at anvende eksterne softwarekilder eller\n" -"tillægsprodukter. Hvis du ikke bruger eksterne softwarekilder, spring konfigurationen over.\n" +"Et konfigureret netværk behøves, for at anvende eksterne softwarekilder " +"eller\n" +"tillægsprodukter. Hvis du ikke bruger eksterne softwarekilder, spring " +"konfigurationen over.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1144,25 +1231,34 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number " +"\n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"I Linux er valg prioriteret højt. openSUSE tilbyder et antal\n" -"forskellige skrivebordsmiljøer. Nedenfor kan du se de 2 største - GNOME\n" +"I Linux er valg prioriteret højt. openSUSE tilbyder et " +"antal\n" +"forskellige skrivebordsmiljøer. Nedenfor kan du se de 2 største - GNOME" +"\n" "og KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the " +"software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Du kan vælge alternative skrivebordsmiljøer (eller et af de minimale installationsmønstre),\n" -"som måske passer bedre til dine behov under indstillingen Andet. Senere under \n" -"softwarevalg eller efter installation, kan du ændre dit valg eller tilføje yderligere \n" +"Du kan vælge alternative skrivebordsmiljøer (eller et af de minimale " +"installationsmønstre),\n" +"som måske passer bedre til dine behov under indstillingen Andet. " +"Senere under \n" +"softwarevalg eller efter installation, kan du ændre dit valg eller tilføje " +"yderligere \n" "skrivebordsmiljøer. Dette skærmbillede lader dig vælge standard." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1346,10 +1442,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Tjek \"drivers.suse.com\" hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation." +"Tjek \"drivers.suse.com\" hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til " +"installation." #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 @@ -1465,10 +1563,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process." msgstr "" "Her kan du se alle softwarekilder, som blev fundet\n" -"på det system, du opgraderer. Aktivér dem, du ønsker at inkludere i opgraderingsprocessen." +"på det system, du opgraderer. Aktivér dem, du ønsker at inkludere i " +"opgraderingsprocessen." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 @@ -1477,7 +1577,8 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "For at aktivere, fjerne eller deaktivere en URL, klik på\n" -"Skift status-knappen eller dobbeltklik på de respektive punkter i tabellen." +"Skift status-knappen eller dobbeltklik på de respektive punkter i " +"tabellen." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 @@ -1819,6 +1920,7 @@ #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Formindsker PREP-partition..." @@ -1834,6 +1936,7 @@ #. while input loop #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" msgstr "Placering af gemt konfiguration" @@ -1910,9 +2013,12 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" herunder." +msgstr "" +"Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" " +"herunder." #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer." @@ -1964,7 +2070,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "Global konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "ja" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "nej" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "Eksekvér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "Tjeneste" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "Anmodning" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -518,11 +518,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "Login" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "Adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "Netmaske" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "Protokol" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -554,15 +554,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "Tilføj" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Redigér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Slet" +msgstr "" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -588,11 +588,11 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Annullér" +msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -667,19 +667,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "Kør SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "Kører SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -689,10 +689,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger." +msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "Konfigurationssammendrag..." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ #. first tab - service status and firewall #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" -msgstr "Tjeneste" +msgstr "" #. second tab - global authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" -msgstr "Global" +msgstr "" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog @@ -50,18 +50,17 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" -msgstr "Mål" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" -msgstr "Mål" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "Genkender" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 @@ -88,16 +87,15 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 msgid "LUN" -msgstr "LUN" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" -msgstr "Navn" +msgstr "" -# #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" -msgstr "Søgesti" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -106,14 +104,14 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 msgid "Add" -msgstr "Tilføj" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Redigér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 @@ -122,7 +120,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Slet" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Client" @@ -153,13 +151,13 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" -msgstr "Ingen godkendelse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" -msgstr "Indkommende godkendelse" +msgstr "" #. dialog to add/modify user and password #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 @@ -168,7 +166,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Username" -msgstr "Brugernavn" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 @@ -176,46 +174,44 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" -msgstr "Adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" -msgstr "Udgående godkendelse" +msgstr "" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "When &Booting" -msgstr "Under &boot" +msgstr "" -# #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "&Manually" -msgstr "&Manuelt" +msgstr "" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" -msgstr "Under boot" +msgstr "" -# #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Manuelt" +msgstr "" #. dialog for expert settings #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Key" -msgstr "Nøgle" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Value" -msgstr "Værdi" +msgstr "" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result @@ -230,12 +226,12 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" -msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-mål</h1>" +msgstr "" #. dialog for add target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" -msgstr "Tilføj iSCSI-mål" +msgstr "" #. discovery authentication dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 @@ -247,11 +243,10 @@ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "" -# #. expert target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" -msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger for iSCSI-mål" +msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 @@ -260,25 +255,19 @@ "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -# #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Afbryde initialisering</big> \n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd nu.\n" -# #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Gemmer konfiguration for iSCSI-mål</big> \n" -"Vent.venligst.. \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 @@ -288,10 +277,6 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Afbryde gemmeprocess:</big> \n" -"Afbryd gemmeproceduren ved at trykke på Afbryd.\n" -"En yderligere dialog informerer dig, om det er sikkert at gøre det.\n" -"\n" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" @@ -299,17 +284,13 @@ "targets into selected file." msgstr "" -# #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSCSI target here. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Konfiguration af iSCSI-mål</big> \n" -"Konfigurér et iSCSI-mål her. \n" -# #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -318,12 +299,7 @@ "If your target was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Tilføje et iSCSI-Mål</big> \n" -"Vælg et iSCSI-mål fra listen over fundne iSCSI-mål.\n" -"Hvis dit mål ikke blev fundet, anvend Andet (ikke fundet.).\n" -"Tryk derefter Konfigurér.\n" -# #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" @@ -331,11 +307,7 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Redigere eller slette:</big> \n" -"Hvis du trykker Redigér, åbner et nyt dialogvindue, hvori\n" -"du kan ændre konfigurationen.\n" -# #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" @@ -343,22 +315,14 @@ "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<BIG>Oversigt over konfiguration af iSCSI-mål</BIG> \n" -"Hent en oversigt over installerede iSCSI-mål. Ydermere\n" -"kan du redigere deres konfigurationer.\n" -" \n" -# #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an iSCSI target." msgstr "" -"<BIG>Tilføj et iSCSI-mål:</BIG> \n" -"Tryk Tilføj for at konfigurere et iSCSI-mål." -# #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" @@ -366,9 +330,6 @@ "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Redigere eller slette</big> \n" -"Vælg et iSCSI-mål for at ændre eller slette.\n" -"Tryk derefter Redigér eller Slet som ønsket.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 @@ -377,9 +338,6 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " " msgstr "" -"<big>Konfiguration - første del</big> \n" -"Tryk på Næste for at fortsætte.\n" -" " #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 @@ -390,9 +348,6 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" -"<big>Vælge noget</big> \n" -"Det er ikke muligt. Du skal kode det først :-)\n" -"" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 @@ -401,9 +356,6 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Konfiguration - anden del</big> \n" -"Tryk på Næste for at fortsætte.\n" -" \n" #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 @@ -469,7 +421,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." -msgstr "Du kan tilføje, redigere eller slette alle øvrige konfigurationsindstillinger." +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" @@ -511,15 +463,15 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 msgid "Path:" -msgstr "Sti:" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "Gennemse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 msgid "Select file or device" -msgstr "Vælg fil eller enhed" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 msgid "Client Lun" @@ -570,11 +522,11 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Annullér" +msgstr "" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** @@ -583,7 +535,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" -msgstr "vil du virkelig slette det valgte element?" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" @@ -605,11 +557,10 @@ msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" -# #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 msgid "The target cannot be empty." -msgstr "Målet kan ikke være tomt." +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." @@ -617,7 +568,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "The target already exists." -msgstr "Målet findes allerede." +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "Incoming" @@ -629,13 +580,13 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "None" -msgstr "Ingen" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Deaktiveret" +msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 msgid "" @@ -674,7 +625,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. scope link IPv6 #: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 @@ -703,38 +654,38 @@ #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "Læser i databasen" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "Læs tidligere indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "Søge efter enhederne" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Læser databasen..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "Læser tidligere indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "Søger efter enheder..." +msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 @@ -753,22 +704,20 @@ msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "" -# #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "" -# #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." -msgstr "Skriver firewall-indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 @@ -779,4 +728,4 @@ #. @return summary of the current configuration #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "Konfigurationssammendrag..." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/journal.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/journal.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/journal.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "Genopfrisk" +msgstr "" #. Header #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 @@ -105,16 +105,15 @@ #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 msgid "Files" -msgstr "Filer" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 msgid "For these files (executable or device)" msgstr "" -# #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 msgid "Priority" -msgstr "Prioritet" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 msgid "With at least this priority" @@ -125,11 +124,11 @@ #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 msgid "Time" -msgstr "Tid" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 msgid "Source" -msgstr "Kilde" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 msgid "Message" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" -msgstr "SSH" +msgstr "" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -42,8 +42,6 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Serveren kan være nede eller utilgængelig.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -51,8 +49,6 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Værdien af DN mangler eller er ugyldig.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -60,8 +56,6 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Attributtypen er ikke fundet.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -69,26 +63,23 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Objektklasse ikke fundet.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "Forbindelse til LDAP-serveren kan ikke etableres." +msgstr "" -# #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under tilslutning til LDAP serveren." +msgstr "" #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "Problemer med at læse data fra LDAP-serveren." +msgstr "" #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -108,26 +99,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "Problemer med at læse planer fra LDAP-serveren." +msgstr "" #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "Der opstod en ukendt fejl i LDAP" +msgstr "" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "Vi&s detaljer" +msgstr "" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "Ukendt fejl. Måske er'yast2-ldap' ikke tilgængelig." +msgstr "" #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -142,10 +133,6 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" -"En mulig årsag til den mislykkede tilslutning kan være at din klient\n" -"er konfigureret til TLS/SSL;men at serveren ikke understøtter dette.\n" -"\n" -"Vil du forsøge at tilslutte igen uden TSL/SSL?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -158,7 +145,7 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "Adgangskode for &LDAP-server:" +msgstr "" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 @@ -168,7 +155,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "&Anonym adgang" +msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -177,9 +164,6 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" -"En direkte forælder for DN '%1' \n" -"eksisterer ikke i LDAP mappen.\n" -"Objektet med den valgte DN kan ikke oprettes.\n" #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:1431 @@ -187,8 +171,6 @@ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" -"Et objekt med DN valgt eksisterer, men det er ikke et skabelonobjekt\n" -"Vælg et andet.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1717 @@ -196,19 +178,17 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" -"Intet punkt med DN '%1'\n" -"eksisterer på LDAP-serveren. Opret det nu?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "Å&bn" +msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "Sæt den nye værdi for den nuværende attribut." +msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -220,12 +200,6 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis attributten kan have flere værdier så tilføj nye indgange\n" -"med Tilføj værdi. Sommetider indeholder knappen en liste over\n" -"mulige værdier til brug for den nuværende attribut.\n" -"Hvis værdien af den redigerede attribut skulle være et distingveret navn (DN),\n" -"det er muligt at vælge det fra LDAP-træet ved at bruge Gennemse.\n" -"\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -236,32 +210,32 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "Beskrivelse af attribut \"%1\": " +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "&Værdi af \"%1\" attribut" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "&Værdi af \"%1\" attributter" +msgstr "" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "Tilf&øj værdi" +msgstr "" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "&Tomt punkt" +msgstr "" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "Genne&mse" +msgstr "" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 @@ -269,28 +243,26 @@ "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" -"Værdien '%1' findes allerede.\n" -"Vælg venligst en anden." #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "Konfiguration af brugerhåndterings-værktøj" +msgstr "" #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "Konfiguration af gruppehåndterings-værktøj" +msgstr "" #. label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "Objektklasse for nyt modul" +msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "&Navn på nyt modul (\"cn\" value)" +msgstr "" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 @@ -298,13 +270,11 @@ "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" -"Den indtastede værdi eksisterer allerede.\n" -"vælg en andet?\n" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "Indtast modulnavnet." +msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 @@ -313,9 +283,6 @@ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" -"Her sættes værdien af attributter tilhørende\n" -"til et objekt der bruger nuværende skabelon. Sådanne værdier bruges som standard\n" -"når det nye objekt er oprettet.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -330,81 +297,74 @@ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" -"Du kan bruge special syntaks til at oprette attribut-\n" -"værdier fra eksisterende attributter. Udtrykket %attr_name vil blive erstattet\n" -"med værdien af attributten \"attr_name\" (brug f.eks. \"/hjem/%uid\"\n" -"som en værdi for \"hjemmemappen\").\n" #. combobox label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "Attribut&navn" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "Attribut&værdi" +msgstr "" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "Gennemse LDAP-træet i dialogens venstre side." +msgstr "" #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "Når LDAP-objektet er valgt i træet, viser tabellen objektdata. Brug Redigér for at ændre værdi på den valgte attribut. Brug Gem for at gemme dine ændringer til LDAP.  " +msgstr "" -# #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" -"Der er ugemte ændringer i det nuværende punkt.\n" -"Vil du kassere disse ændringer?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "LDAP-browser" +msgstr "" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "Nuværende LDAP-klientindstillinger" +msgstr "" #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "LDAP-forbindelser" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "LDAP Tjeneste" +msgstr "" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "Administrator DN" +msgstr "" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "L&DAP TLS" +msgstr "" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "A&nonym adgang" +msgstr "" #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "Angiv navnet på den ny LDAP-forbindelse" +msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 @@ -412,20 +372,18 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" -"\"%1\" Attributten er obligatorisk\n" -"Indtast en værdi." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "&Genindlæs" +msgstr "" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "Egenskab" +msgstr "" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "Værdi" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/network.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -136,31 +136,41 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall og SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra netværket.\n" -"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en dedikeret\n" +"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra " +"netværket.\n" +"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en " +"dedikeret\n" "SSH-klient" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret efter\n" +"Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret " +"efter\n" "installationen. Det anbefales at holde den aktiveret." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " +"service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til SSH-tjenesten\n" -"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten uafhængigt (dvs. at\n" +"Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til " +"SSH-tjenesten\n" +"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten " +"uafhængigt (dvs. at\n" "den vil blive startet under opstart af computeren)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -382,8 +392,11 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "Der er ikke defineret nogen URL til udgivelsesnoter. Internettest kan ikke udføres." +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"Der er ikke defineret nogen URL til udgivelsesnoter. Internettest kan ikke " +"udføres." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -393,14 +406,17 @@ "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" "Download af seneste udgivelsesnoter fejlede pga. fejl på serversiden.\n" "Dette skyldes ikke nødvendigvis fejlkonfigureret netværk.\n" "\n" -"Tryk på \"Fortsæt\" for at gå videre til næste installationstrin. For at springe\n" -"trin over, der kræver internetforbindelse, eller tryk på \"Annullér\" for at gå\n" +"Tryk på \"Fortsæt\" for at gå videre til næste installationstrin. For at " +"springe\n" +"trin over, der kræver internetforbindelse, eller tryk på \"Annullér\" for at " +"gå\n" "tilbage til din netværkskonfiguration.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -590,7 +606,8 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration" +msgstr "" +"Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration" # #. Command line output Headline @@ -778,8 +795,12 @@ msgstr "IP-adresse for destination skal angives." #: src/clients/routing.rb:348 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Som minimum skal et af følgende parametre angives (gateway, netmaske, enhed, tilvalg)" +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Som minimum skal et af følgende parametre angives (gateway, netmaske, enhed, " +"tilvalg)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:370 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1256,7 +1277,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "Markér tilvalgene til bond-driver, og redigér dem om nødvendigt. " +msgstr "" +"Markér tilvalgene til bond-driver, og redigér dem om nødvendigt. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1456,15 +1478,21 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable " +"Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD-PRIORITET</big> \n" -" Alle grænseflader konfigureret til Ved kabeltilslutning og med IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 vil blive\n" -" brugt på gensidigt udelukkende vis. Hvis mere end én af disse grænseflader bruger Ved kabeltilslutning\n" -" vil vi behøve en måde at beslutte hvilken grænseflade der skal tages op. Derfor er vi nødt til at\n" +" Alle grænseflader konfigureret til Ved kabeltilslutning og med " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 vil blive\n" +" brugt på gensidigt udelukkende vis. Hvis mere end én af disse grænseflader " +"bruger Ved kabeltilslutning\n" +" vil vi behøve en måde at beslutte hvilken grænseflade der skal tages op. " +"Derfor er vi nødt til at\n" " sætte prioritet for hver grænseflade. \n" # @@ -1475,6 +1503,9 @@ #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) #: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#| msgid "" +#| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" +#| "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1668,8 +1699,12 @@ msgstr "Anvend tilvalget \"id\" til at bestemme enheden." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "Værdien af \"id\" er uden for området. Anvend tilvalget \"list\" for at tjekke maks.-værdien af \"id\"." +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" +"Værdien af \"id\" er uden for området. Anvend tilvalget \"list\" for at " +"tjekke maks.-værdien af \"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1791,8 +1826,12 @@ msgstr "Installerer firmware" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?" +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af " +"firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1816,7 +1855,8 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?" +msgstr "" +"Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?" #. Network setup method dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 @@ -1878,7 +1918,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "Udev-regler er reglerne for kernens enhedshåndtering, som tillader\n" @@ -1887,39 +1928,56 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start " +"blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Vis synlig portidentifikation lader dig fysisk identificere det nu konfigurerede netkort.\n" -"Sæt passende tid, klik på Blink og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n" +"Vis synlig portidentifikation lader dig fysisk identificere det nu " +"konfigurerede netkort.\n" +"Sæt passende tid, klik på Blink og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil " +"begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Kernemodul. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din netværksenhed\n" -" her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n" -" for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt virker standardværdien.\n" +"Kernemodul. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din " +"netværksenhed\n" +" her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der " +"er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n" +" for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt " +"virker standardværdien.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for " +"example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.\n" msgstr "" "Yderligere kan du angive tilvalg til kernemodulet. Brug formatet\n" -"tilvalg=værdi. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for eksempel, io=0x300 irq=5. Bemærk: Hvis to kort \n" -"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under gemmeprocessen.\n" +"tilvalg=værdi. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for " +"eksempel, io=0x300 irq=5. Bemærk: Hvis to kort \n" +"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under " +"gemmeprocessen.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Hvis du angiver tilvalg via Ethtool-tilvalg, vil ifup kalde ethtool med disse tilvalg.\n" +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du angiver tilvalg via Ethtool-tilvalg, vil ifup kalde ethtool " +"med disse tilvalg.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 @@ -1976,6 +2034,7 @@ msgstr "&Modulnavn" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#| msgid "Udev rules" msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-regler" @@ -1989,6 +2048,7 @@ msgstr "Ændr" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#| msgid "Show visible port identification" msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Vis synlig portidentifikation" @@ -2002,6 +2062,7 @@ msgstr "Blink" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#| msgid "Ethtool options" msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-tilvalg" @@ -2111,20 +2172,36 @@ # #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "Angiv yderligere tilvalg for denne grænseflade (adskilt af mellemrum)." +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " +"spaces)." +msgstr "" +"Angiv yderligere tilvalg for denne grænseflade (adskilt af " +"mellemrum)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr "Vælg Aktivér IPA-overtagelse, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal aktiveres for denne grænseflade." +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled " +"for this interface." +msgstr "" +"Vælg Aktivér IPA-overtagelse, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal " +"aktiveres for denne grænseflade." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Vælg Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with " +"layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Vælg Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse, hvis dette kort er " +"konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Indtast en 'Layer 2' MAC-adresse, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with " +"layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Indtast en 'Layer 2' MAC-adresse, hvis dette kort er konfigureret " +"med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." # #. TextEntry label @@ -2226,7 +2303,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Afbryde initialiseringen:</big> \n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd nu.\n" +"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd " +"nu.\n" # #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 @@ -2262,6 +2340,10 @@ "til at skifte mellem kablede og trådløse netværk.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 +#| msgid "" +#| "Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" +#| "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +#| "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgid "" "Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" @@ -2319,7 +2401,8 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6 protokolindstillinger</big>\n" @@ -2344,7 +2427,8 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "Rutningen kan sættes op i denne dialog.\n" -"Standard-gateway matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige destinationer.\n" +"Standard-gateway matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige " +"destinationer.\n" "Hvis en anden værdi findes, der matcher den forlangte adresse, benyttes\n" "denne i stedet for standardruten. Ideen med standardruten sætter dig ganske\n" "enkelt i stand til at sige \"alt andet skal sendes herhen\".\n" @@ -2353,11 +2437,14 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " +"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, gateway-adresse,\n" +"For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, " +"gateway-adresse,\n" "og netmaske. For at udelade disse værdier bruges bindestreg \"-\". Vælg\n" -"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. \"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.\n" +"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. " +"\"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 @@ -2365,7 +2452,8 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"Aktivér IPv4-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n" +"Aktivér IPv4-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " +"netværk\n" "til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 @@ -2375,27 +2463,41 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Aktivér IPv6-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n" +"Aktivér IPv6-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " +"netværk\n" "til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n" "Advarsel: IPv6-videresendelse deaktiverer IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 +#| msgid "" +#| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" +#| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 connectivity \n" +#| "will be affected by this setting. \n" +#| "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" +#| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is " +"not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Vigtigt: hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at tillade videresendelse. \n" -"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i firewallen. Brug\n" +"Vigtigt: hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at " +"tillade videresendelse. \n" +"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i " +"firewallen. Brug\n" "YaST's firewallmodul til dette.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " +"client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " +"\n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " +"assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Hvis du bruger DHCP til at få en IP-adresse, så tjek om du også får et\n" @@ -2407,14 +2509,19 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " +"\n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP associerer dit værtsmaskinenavn med \n" -"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en \n" -"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle tidspunkter, selv \n" +"Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP associerer dit " +"værtsmaskinenavn med \n" +"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en " +"\n" +"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle " +"tidspunkter, selv \n" "uden aktivt netværk. I alle andre tilfælde bør det det bruges varsomt, især \n" "hvis denne computer udbyder nogle netværkstjenester.\n" @@ -2454,29 +2561,39 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS " +"domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. mincomputer) og DNS-domænet\n" -" (f.eks. eksempel.dk) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, hvis denne \n" -" computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med kommandoen\n" +"Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. mincomputer) og " +"DNS-domænet\n" +" (f.eks. eksempel.dk) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, " +"hvis denne \n" +" computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med " +"kommandoen\n" " hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af filen \n" -"/etc/resolv.conf) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af netconfig-scriptet,\n" +"Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af " +"filen \n" +"/etc/resolv.conf) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af " +"netconfig-scriptet,\n" "som fletter statisk angivet data her, med dem der fås dynamisk (f.eks. fra \n" -"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. Brug standardpolitik\n" +"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. Brug " +"standardpolitik\n" "er tilstrækkeligt til de fleste konfigurationer.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 @@ -2490,12 +2607,18 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Ved at vælge Kun manuelt, vil netconfig ikke længere blive tilladt at \n" -"ændre /etc/resolv.conf. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at vælge indstillingen \n" -"Brug brugerdefineret politik, kan du angive en streng med brugerdefineret politik,\n" -"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv wildcards, med\n" -"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere information,\n" -"se manualsiden til netconfig. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det samme\n" +"Ved at vælge Kun manuelt, vil netconfig ikke længere blive " +"tilladt at \n" +"ændre /etc/resolv.conf. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at " +"vælge indstillingen \n" +"Brug brugerdefineret politik, kan du angive en streng med " +"brugerdefineret politik,\n" +"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv " +"wildcards, med\n" +"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere " +"information,\n" +"se manualsiden til netconfig. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det " +"samme\n" "som at bruge politikken Kun manuelt.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2503,16 +2626,22 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adresseopsætning</big>\n" -"Vælg Ingen adresseopsætning, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n" +"Vælg Ingen adresseopsætning, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen " +"IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n" "Dette er særligt anvendeligt, når man binder ethernet-enheder sammen.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" -msgstr "Markér iBFT hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.\n" +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your " +"BIOS.\n" +msgstr "" +"Markér iBFT hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.<" +"/p>\n" # #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2531,7 +2660,8 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg DHCP,\n" +"Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg DHCP<" +"/b>,\n" "hvis du har en DHCP-server kørende på dit lokale netværk. Netværksadresser \n" "modtages så automatisk fra serveren.\n" @@ -2539,18 +2669,23 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically." +"\n" msgstr "" -"For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges Zeroconf.\n" -"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges DHCP + Zeroconf.\n" +"For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges " +"Zeroconf.\n" +"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges DHCP + " +"Zeroconf.\n" "Ellers skal netværksadresser tildeles statisk.\n" # #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2561,13 +2696,19 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" +"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Til statisk adresseopsætning angives den statiske IP-adresse for din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n" -"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n" -"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Til statisk adresseopsætning angives den statiske IP-adresse for " +"din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n" +"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <" +"tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n" +"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til " +"<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" # #. Address dialog help 8/8 @@ -2605,8 +2746,12 @@ "vælger en zone, og ingen andre eksisterer, deaktiveres firewallen." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "Obligatorisk grænseflade angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot." +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"Obligatorisk grænseflade angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer " +"en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" @@ -2619,7 +2764,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Maksimal overførselsenhed</big>\n" "Maksimal overførselsenhed (MTU) er den maksimale størrelse på\n" -"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte en\n" +"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte " +"en\n" "MTU, men brug af lavere MTU-værdier kan øge netværksydelsen specielt på\n" "langsomme opkaldstilslutninger. Vælg enten en af de anbefalede værdier,\n" "eller angiv en anden.\n" @@ -2627,10 +2773,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " +"Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Vælg slaveenhederne til bond-enheden.\n" -"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til Aldrig og med Ingen adresseopsætning er tilgængelige." +"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til Aldrig og med Ingen " +"adresseopsætning er tilgængelige." # #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 @@ -2649,7 +2797,8 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis feltet DHCP-klientidenfikation er tomt, er standardværdien\n" "hardwareadressen på netværksgrænsefladen. Den skal være forskellig for hver\n" -"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik friforms-identifikation\n" +"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik " +"friforms-identifikation\n" "her, hvis du har flere (virtuelle) maskiner, som bruger samme\n" "netværksgrænseflade og dermed samme hardwareadresse." @@ -2657,21 +2806,29 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. " +"Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO" +"\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>" +"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Værtsnavn at sende angiver en streng, der bruges til indstillingsfeltet\n" -"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle DHCP-servere\n" -"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i overensstemmelse\n" +"Værtsnavn at sende angiver en streng, der bruges til " +"indstillingsfeltet\n" +"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle " +"DHCP-servere\n" +"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i " +"overensstemmelse\n" "med dette værtsnavn (dynamisk DNS).\n" "Nogle DHCP-servere kræver, at indstillingsfeltet Værtsnavn at sende\n" -"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot AUTO\n" -"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" +"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot " +"AUTO\n" +"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>" +"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" "Lad feltet være tomt hvis du ikke vil sende noget værtsnavn.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -2700,20 +2857,27 @@ #| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" #| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " +"legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " +"characters." msgstr "" "Aliasnavn er valgfrit og forældet.Den samlede\n" " længde af grænsefladenavnet (inklusiv kolon og etiket) er\n" -" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig forkorter efter 9 tegn." +" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig " +"forkorter efter 9 tegn." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives foo istedet for eth0:foo." +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo<" +"/b> instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives foo " +"istedet for eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2736,12 +2900,16 @@ "Vælg mellem tre typer nøgle-input for din nøgle.\n" " Adgangsfrase: Nøglen genereres ud fra den frase, der indtastes.\n" " ASCII: ASCII-værdien for de tegn, der indtastes, danner nøglen.\n" -"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil 16 tegn\n" +"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil " +"16 tegn\n" "for 156-bit nøgler og indtil 29 tegn for 256-bit nøgler.\n" " Hexadecimal: Indtast nøglens hexadecimale kode direkte. Angiv\n" -"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 cifre for\n" -"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>-</tt>,\n" -"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" +"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 " +"cifre for\n" +"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>" +"-</tt>,\n" +"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>" +".\n" " \n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2772,7 +2940,8 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication " +"mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2781,8 +2950,10 @@ "celler, som er en del af det samme virtuelle netværk. Alle klienter i et\n" "trådløs LAN kræver samme ESSID for at kommuniker med hinanden.\n" "Hvis du vælger operationstilstanden Managed og ingen WPA\n" -"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det til\n" -"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det adgangspunkt,\n" +"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det " +"til\n" +"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det " +"adgangspunkt,\n" "der har den bedste signalstyrke.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 @@ -2798,16 +2969,20 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "Managed.\n" msgstr "" "I nogle netværk skal du angive en autentifikationstilstand.\n" -"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. WEP\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs netværkstrafik,\n" -"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte krypteringsnøgle.\n" +"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. WEP" +"\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs " +"netværkstrafik,\n" +"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte " +"krypteringsnøgle.\n" "I de fleste tilfælde, hvor WEP anvendes, er tilstanden Åben (ingen\n" "autentifikation) et godt valg. Dette indebærer ikke at du ikke kan bruge\n" "WEP-kryptering (brug i så fald Ingen kryptering). \n" @@ -2815,9 +2990,11 @@ "(delt nøgle). BEMÆRK: Autentifikation med delt nøgle gør det lettere for en\n" "potentiel cracker at bryde ind på netværket. Hvis du ikke har specielt behov\n" "for autentifikation med delt nøgle, bør du bruge tilstanden Åben.\n" -"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "indført for at fjerne sikkerhedshullerne, men ikke al hardware understøtter\n" -"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges WPA-PSK som autentifikationstilstand.\n" +"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges WPA-PSK som " +"autentifikationstilstand.\n" "Dette er kun muligt i driftstilstanden Managed.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 @@ -2863,12 +3040,15 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Disse værdier skrives til grænsefladens konfigurationsfil\n" -"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere indstillinger,\n" -"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme mappe\n" +"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere " +"indstillinger,\n" +"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme " +"mappe\n" "for alle tilgængelige tilvalg." #. TextEntry label @@ -2961,12 +3141,14 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "For TTLS og PEAP angiv din Identitet\n" "og Adgangskode, som konfigureret på serveren.\n" "Hvis du har et særligt behov for, at sætte det benyttede brugernavn som\n" -"Anonym identitet, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke nødvendigt.\n" +"Anonym identitet, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke " +"nødvendigt.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 @@ -2988,12 +3170,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS anvender et Klientcertifikat til autentifikation istedet for en\n" +"TLS anvender et Klientcertifikat til autentifikation istedet for " +"en\n" "kombination af brugernavn og adgangskode. Det bruger et offentligt\n" "og privat nøglepar til kryptering af forhandlingskommunikation. Du behøver\n" "derfor også en klientnøgle-fil, som indeholder din private nøgle samt\n" @@ -3053,7 +3237,8 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som fase 2).\n" +"Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som " +"fase 2).\n" "Som standard tillades alle metoder. Hvis du ønsker at begrænse de\n" "tilladte metoder, eller hvis du har opdaget vanskeligheder omkring\n" "autentifikationer, skal du vælge din indre autentifikationsmetode.\n" @@ -3169,7 +3354,8 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'." +msgstr "" +"WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3238,11 +3424,14 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" -"For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller 'Ad-hoc',\n" -"angives her den kanal, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke nødvendigt\n" +"For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller " +"'Ad-hoc',\n" +"angives her den kanal, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke " +"nødvendigt\n" "for tilstanden 'Managed'. I denne tilstand søger kortet efter adgangspunkter\n" "ved at hoppe igennem kanalerne\n" @@ -3357,7 +3546,8 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "Nøglelængde definerer bitlængden på dine WEP-nøgler.\n" -"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 bit.\n" +"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 " +"bit.\n" "Noget ældre hardware kan ikke håndtere 128 bit-nøgler. Du kan derfor\n" "blive nødt til at sætte denne værdi til 64, hvis den trådløse\n" "netværksforbindelse ikke etableres." @@ -3406,7 +3596,8 @@ "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre forbindelser\n" +"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre " +"forbindelser\n" "til usikre, forbryderiske trådløse netværk. Vil du fortsætte uden CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3495,7 +3686,8 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>" +").\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Indstillinger for fjernadministration</big>\n" @@ -3758,8 +3950,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du bruge det på egen risiko?" +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " +"at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du " +"bruge det på egen risiko?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 @@ -4064,12 +4260,16 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"At bruge Ved NFSroot er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne starttilstand\n" -"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> virker stadig.\n" +"At bruge Ved NFSroot er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne " +"starttilstand\n" +"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> " +"virker stadig.\n" "Brug dette når du har et NFS- eller iSCSI-rodfilsystem.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) @@ -4082,12 +4282,14 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Enhedsaktivering</big>\n" -"Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. Under boot aktiverer det under system-boot.\n" +"Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. Under boot " +"aktiverer det under system-boot.\n" "Aldrig starter ikke enheden.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4128,21 +4330,25 @@ #. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 +#| msgid "Network Services" msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "NetworkManager-tjenesten" #. ifup is a program name #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 +#| msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "Traditionel ifup" #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 +#| msgid "Bridged Devices" msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Wicked-tjenesten" #. used when no network service is active or to disable network service #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 +#| msgid "Network Services" msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Netværkstjenester deaktiveret" @@ -4215,6 +4421,7 @@ #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#| msgid "Not configured" msgid "configured" msgstr "konfigureret" @@ -4226,15 +4433,21 @@ msgstr "Bekræft genstart af netværk" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende indstillingerne." +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." +msgstr "" +"På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende " +"indstillingerne." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 +#| msgid "Device Name" msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Enhedsnavn:" #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 +#| msgid "Base udev rule on" msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Basér Udev-regel på" @@ -4584,7 +4797,9 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgid "" +"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " +"will be used." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -4714,8 +4929,14 @@ msgstr "Ingen hwinfo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer." +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " +"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). " +"See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) " +"ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for " +"wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 msgid "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -72,8 +72,13 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." -msgstr "Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan ændres i modulet Softwarekilder." +msgid "" +"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " +"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " +"module." +msgstr "" +"Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan " +"ændres i modulet Softwarekilder." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -164,8 +169,12 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.\n" +msgid "" +"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " +"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "" +"Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de " +"blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -245,6 +254,9 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#| msgid "" +#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" +#| "Finishing and restarting now." msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -258,7 +270,8 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for at \n" +"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for " +"at \n" "fungere korrekt. Genstart systemet snarest muligt." #. popup message @@ -279,14 +292,16 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " +"YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af YaST.\n" +"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af " +"YaST.\n" " De bør installeres først, og alle andre rettelser efter genstarten.\n" " \n" " Du valgte nogle andre rettelser til at blive installeret nu.\n" @@ -442,7 +457,8 @@ "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive installeret.\n" +"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive " +"installeret.\n" "Din installation vil forblive urørt.\n" #. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not @@ -519,7 +535,8 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart." +msgstr "" +"Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/packager.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 22:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ "the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Fjern indgange ved at vælge dem i tabellen og klikke på \n" -"Slet-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende konfiguration.\n" +"Slet-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende " +"konfiguration.\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" @@ -203,8 +204,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Navn" @@ -394,13 +395,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Næste.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Næste." +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Færdig.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Færdig." +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -415,9 +424,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade softwarekilde-detaljerne..." +msgstr "" +"Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade " +"softwarekilde-detaljerne..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -482,10 +493,12 @@ "Brug af online softwarekilder under selve installationen med mindre end\n" "%dMiB systemhukommelse anbefales ikke.\n" "\n" -"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere pakkedata\n" +"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere " +"pakkedata\n" "kræver for meget hukommelse.\n" "\n" -"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det installerede\n" +"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det " +"installerede\n" "system i sådanne tilfælde." #. continue-cancel popup @@ -511,8 +524,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i " +"AutoYaST-profilen." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -536,8 +553,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer..." @@ -567,102 +584,89 @@ msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af softwarehåndtering..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioritet" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Behold downloadede pakker" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug \"%1\" i stedet." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug " +"\"%1\" i stedet." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Ukendt navn" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "URL: %1" -msgid "Raw URL: %s" -msgstr "URL: %1" - #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Ukendt navn på softwarekilde" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Kategori: %1" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Tjeneste: %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Alle softwarekilder" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 msgid "All services" msgstr "Alle tjenester" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Tjenesten \"%1\"" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 -msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" -msgstr "" - #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "View" msgstr "Vis" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritet" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiveret" @@ -671,88 +675,88 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Autogenopfrisk" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjeneste" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "E&rstat..." #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Genop&frisk de valgte" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "Status &til eller fra" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Genopfri&sk til eller fra" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Angiv &navn..." #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Egenskaber" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "Aktiv&eret" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "Genopf&risk automatisk" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&GPG-nøgler..." #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Genopfrisk" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "Genopfrisk alle med automatisk g&enopfrisk" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "Genopfrisk alle aktiv&erede" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Konfigurerede softwarekilder" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" @@ -760,26 +764,38 @@ "\n" "Håndtér konfigurerede softwarekilder og tjenester.\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "En tjeneste eller Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS) er en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af tjenesteadministratoren." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"En tjeneste eller Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS) er " +"en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en " +"eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af " +"tjenesteadministratoren." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " +"at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde eller tjeneste \n" -"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug Tilføj og angiv softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" -"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug Tilføj og angiv " +"softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" +"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er " +"tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -792,7 +808,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -813,51 +829,72 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the " +"check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" " Ændring af status for softwarekilde eller tjeneste \n" -" Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges Redigér. Til at fjerne en softwarekilde\n" -" bruges Slet. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" +" Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges Redigér. Til at " +"fjerne en softwarekilde\n" +" bruges Slet. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller " +"ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i " +"tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" " \n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " +"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in " +"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "En softwarekildes prioritet \n" -"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 (laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.\n" +"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 " +"(laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere " +"softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder og tjenester." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder " +"og tjenester." #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation." msgstr "" -"Behold downloadede pakker Markér denne indstilling for at beholde downloadede pakker\n" +"Behold downloadede pakker Markér denne indstilling for at " +"beholde downloadede pakker\n" "i en lokal cache så de kan genbruges senere når pakkerne geninstalleres. \n" "Hvis afmarkeret slettes downloadede pakker efter installation." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen /var/cache/zypp/packages, placeringen kan ændres i filen /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory " +"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" +"/B> file." +msgstr "" +"Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen /var/cache/zypp/packages, " +"placeringen kan ændres i filen /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -867,7 +904,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detaljer:" @@ -875,19 +912,19 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Forsøg igen?" # #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Afbryd konfiguration af softwarekilde" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -896,7 +933,7 @@ "Alle ændringer vil gå tabt." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -905,40 +942,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Genopfrisker softwarekilder" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Genopfrisker tjenester" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Genopfrisk softwarekilder" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Genopfrisk tjenester" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Genopfrisker softwarekilden %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Genopfrisker tjenesten %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Slet den valgte softwarekilde fra listen?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -947,7 +984,7 @@ " og dens softwarekilder?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -956,7 +993,7 @@ "sættes til genopfrisk." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -969,9 +1006,10 @@ "Vil du virkelig tilføje softwarekilden igen?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.\n" +msgstr "" +"Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -984,7 +1022,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Kan ikke løse afhængighederne automatisk. Manuel indgriben kræves." #. this is a heading @@ -999,8 +1038,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, brug \"%1\" i stedet." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, " +"brug \"%1\" i stedet." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1010,7 +1053,8 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." +msgstr "" +"Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." #. error message #. error message @@ -1141,7 +1185,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." msgstr "Fejl -- MD5-sum matcher ikke Dette medie bør ikke anvendes." #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1169,7 +1214,8 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis du har problemer med\n" @@ -1179,7 +1225,8 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check" +"\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " @@ -1187,16 +1234,19 @@ "Vælg et drev, læg mediet i drevet og tryk Start test\n" "eller brug Tjek ISO-fil og vælg en ISO-fil.\n" "Testen kan tage adskillige minutter at fuldføre afhængig af\n" -"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 checksummen. " +"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 " +"checksummen. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis medietesten fejler bør du ikke fortsætte med installationen.\n" -"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede medie.\n" +"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede " +"medie.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1209,22 +1259,33 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Bemærk: Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Bemærk: Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før installation." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før " +"installation." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check." +"\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge pad-indstillingen i dit\n" -"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.\n" +"Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge pad-indstillingen i " +"dit\n" +"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.<" +"/P>\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1407,7 +1468,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tilføjelse af ny GPG-nøgle \n" -"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug Tilføj og specificér stien til nøglefilen.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug Tilføj og specificér stien til " +"nøglefilen.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1421,7 +1483,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ændring af status for GPG-nøgle\n" -"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug Redigér. For at fjerne en GPG-nøgle bruges\n" +"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug Redigér. For at fjerne en " +"GPG-nøgle bruges\n" "Slet.\n" "\n" @@ -1440,42 +1503,42 @@ "'%2'?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Markér typen af softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Tilføj softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Læs softwarekildens licens" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Tjekker type af softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Tilføjer softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Læser softwarekildens licens" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Softwarekilde" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1487,12 +1550,13 @@ "Der er ingen produktinformation tilgængelig på den givne placering.\n" "Hvis du forventede at henvise til et produkt, så gå tilbage og angiv\n" "den korrekte placering.\n" -"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, tilgængelige\n" +"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, " +"tilgængelige\n" "i pakkeudvalget, så fortsæt nu.\n" #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1502,7 +1566,7 @@ "fra URL '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1511,12 +1575,12 @@ "Skift protokol eller pak ISO-imagefilen ud på serversiden." #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Vil du skifte URL og prøve igen?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1531,19 +1595,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under forberedelse af installationssystemet." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Kontrolfilen %1 blev ikke fundet på mediet." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1553,60 +1617,62 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Kan ikke bruge yderligere produkter." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Sti: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Yderligere produkter" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på listen.\n" +"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på " +"listen.\n" "Vælg dem du vil bruge.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Yderligere produkter at vælge" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Tilføj valgte &produkter" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Indsæt tillægs %1-mediet" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Indsæt %2-mediet med %1" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje produktet %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Ukendt produkt" @@ -1742,28 +1808,50 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en 32-bit distribution." +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a " +"32-bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en " +"32-bit distribution." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig efter installation af systemet." +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system." +msgstr "" +"Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig " +"efter installation af systemet." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer (midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen." +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free " +"space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive " +"installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer " +"(midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større " +"end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller " +"omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " +"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil blive\n" -"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download.\n" +"Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil " +"blive\n" +"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis " +"forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download." +"\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1802,18 +1890,28 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye installationsmedier." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye " +"installationsmedier." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "" +"Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan ikke starte installation." +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan " +"ikke starte installation." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 @@ -1848,7 +1946,8 @@ #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "Produktet %{old_product} vil blive opdateret til %{new_product}" +msgstr "" +"Produktet %{old_product} vil blive opdateret til %{new_product}" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" @@ -1870,15 +1969,20 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Nogle produkter er markeret til automatisk fjernelse.</li>\n" -"<ul><li>Kontakt leverandøren af det fjernede tilføjelsesprodukt for at få leveret et nyt\n" -"installationsmedie</li><li>Eller vælg den passende online-udvidelse eller -modul\n" -"i registreringstrinnet</li><li>Eller hvis du vil fortsætte med produktopgraderingen gå til\n" +"<ul><li>Kontakt leverandøren af det fjernede tilføjelsesprodukt for at få " +"leveret et nyt\n" +"installationsmedie</li><li>Eller vælg den passende online-udvidelse eller " +"-modul\n" +"i registreringstrinnet</li><li>Eller hvis du vil fortsætte med " +"produktopgraderingen gå til\n" "softwarevalget og markér produktet (\"-release\"-pakken) til fjernelse.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" @@ -1895,7 +1999,8 @@ "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" "Udgivelsesnoterne til den oprindelige udgivelse er en del af\n" -"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, kan du\n" +"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, " +"kan du\n" "downloade opdaterede udgivelsesnoter fra SUSE Linux webserveren.\n" #. popup - information label @@ -1964,8 +2069,12 @@ msgstr "Kan ikke læse licensfilen %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " +"of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af " +"livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -2037,6 +2146,7 @@ #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#| msgid "License Agreement" msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Licensaftale for %s" @@ -2150,11 +2260,13 @@ #. radio button #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#| msgid "&NFS..." msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NF&S..." @@ -2322,10 +2434,14 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Softwarekildens navn</big> \n" -"Brug Softwarekildens navn til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL som navn.\n" +"Brug Softwarekildens navn til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. " +"Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL " +"som navn.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 @@ -2336,10 +2452,12 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tjenestenavn</big> \n" -" Brug Tjenestenavn til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.\n" +" Brug Tjenestenavn til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er " +"tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.\n" # #. popup message @@ -2388,12 +2506,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man " +"5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Monteringstilvalg</big> \n" "Du kan angive ekstra tilvalg der bruges til montering af NFS-diskområdet.\n" -"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se man 5 nfs\n" +"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se " +"man 5 nfs\n" "for detaljer og listen over understøttede tilvalg." #. radio button @@ -2630,7 +2750,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2641,7 +2762,8 @@ "For at aktivere godkendelse så fjern afkrydsning af Anonym og angiv\n" "Brugernavn og Adgangskode.\n" "\n" -"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for Delt ressource og Søgesti\n" +"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for Delt ressource og " +"Søgesti\n" "til mappe eller ISO-imagefil. \n" "Hvis placeringen er en fil, som indeholder en ISO-imagefil\n" "af mediet så angiv ISO-imagefil.\n" @@ -2652,7 +2774,8 @@ "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Det er muligt at angive port-nummer for en HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" +"Det er muligt at angive port-nummer for en " +"HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" "Lad det være tomt for at anvende standardporten.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -2735,13 +2858,16 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Download filer \n" -"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af softwarekilden.\n" -"Markér Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde for at downloade filer\n" +"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af " +"softwarekilden.\n" +"Markér Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde for at downloade " +"filer\n" "når YaST-modulet lukkes. Hvis indstillingen ikke er markeret vil YaST\n" "automatisk downloade filerne når de behøves senere. \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/printer.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -80,17 +80,26 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "Kan ikke konfigurere udskrivning (den krævede pakke \"cups-client\" er ikke installeret)." +msgid "" +"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke konfigurere udskrivning (den krævede pakke \"cups-client\" er ikke " +"installeret)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (den krævede pakke \"cups\" er ikke installeret)." +msgid "" +"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (den krævede pakke \"cups\" er ikke " +"installeret)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "Ingen lokal printer tilgængelig (bruger den eksterne CUPS-server \"%1\" til udskrivning)." +msgid "" +"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "" +"Ingen lokal printer tilgængelig (bruger den eksterne CUPS-server \"%1\" til " +"udskrivning)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -132,7 +141,8 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (ingen lokal \"cupsd\" tilgængelig)." +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (ingen lokal \"cupsd\" tilgængelig)." #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -193,15 +203,21 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "Angiv om automatisk konfiguration af USB-printer skal ske ved tilslutning" +msgid "" +"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "" +"Angiv om automatisk konfiguration af USB-printer skal ske ved tilslutning" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" -msgstr "Br&ug pakken udev-configure-printer til automatisk konfiguration af USB-printere" +msgid "" +"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " +"configuration" +msgstr "" +"Br&ug pakken udev-configure-printer til automatisk konfiguration af " +"USB-printere" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -218,8 +234,12 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." -msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med automatisk konfiguration af printere for det lokale system." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " +"printers for the local system." +msgstr "" +"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med automatisk konfiguration af " +"printere for det lokale system." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -512,8 +532,12 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "Kun bogstaver (a-z og A-Z), tal (0-9) og underscore \"_\" er tilladt i navnet på køen." +msgid "" +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed " +"for the queue name." +msgstr "" +"Kun bogstaver (a-z og A-Z), tal (0-9) og underscore \"_\" er tilladt i navnet " +"på køen." # #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: @@ -527,7 +551,8 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" -msgstr "'%1' er ugyldigt eller eksisterer allerede. Vil du bruge '%2' i stedet?" +msgstr "" +"'%1' er ugyldigt eller eksisterer allerede. Vil du bruge '%2' i stedet?" #. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown @@ -536,8 +561,12 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser den ny printerkonfiguration som forventet, så vent lidt tid og brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " +"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser den ny printerkonfiguration som forventet, " +"så vent lidt tid og brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -585,8 +614,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" -msgstr "Ingen driver anvendes (det er en 'rå' kø, eller 'System V style interface script' benyttes)" +msgid "" +"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' " +"is used)" +msgstr "" +"Ingen driver anvendes (det er en 'rå' kø, eller 'System V style interface " +"script' benyttes)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -595,7 +628,8 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "Justér indstillinger for den aktuelle driver eller tildel en anden driver" +msgstr "" +"Justér indstillinger for den aktuelle driver eller tildel en anden driver" #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 @@ -638,8 +672,12 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser de forventede ændringer, så vent lidt tid og brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " +"and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser de forventede ændringer, så vent lidt tid og " +"brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." # #. Exit this dialog in any case: @@ -665,8 +703,10 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "Behold modellen eller vælg en &producent hvis ingen \"rå kø\" skal sættes op" +msgid "" +"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "" +"Behold modellen eller vælg en &producent hvis ingen \"rå kø\" skal sættes op" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -678,7 +718,8 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "Vælg en printer-&producent, hvis der ikke skal sættes en \"raw-kø\" op." +msgstr "" +"Vælg en printer-&producent, hvis der ikke skal sættes en \"raw-kø\" op." #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server @@ -784,8 +825,11 @@ msgstr "S&top-bits" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "For at tilgå en bluetooth-printer, skal RPM-pakken bluez-cups være installeret." +msgid "" +"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "" +"For at tilgå en bluetooth-printer, skal RPM-pakken bluez-cups være " +"installeret." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -866,8 +910,10 @@ msgstr "URI (se printerens manual) [procent-indkodet]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgstr "For at tilgå en delt SMB-printer, skal pakken samba-client være installeret." +msgid "" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "" +"For at tilgå en delt SMB-printer, skal pakken samba-client være installeret." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -968,7 +1014,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "For at udskrive via \"pipe\" skal RPM-pakken cups-backends være installeret." +msgstr "" +"For at udskrive via \"pipe\" skal RPM-pakken cups-backends være installeret." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -987,6 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "Program (/sti/til/kommando?option=value) [procent-indkodet]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#| msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "For at bruge \"beh\" skal RPM-pakken cups-backends være installeret." @@ -1190,8 +1238,10 @@ msgstr "Paritetstjek med \"space\" er kun understøttet med 7 data-bits." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "Paritetstjek med \"mark\" er kun understøttet med 7 data-bits og 1 stop-bit." +msgid "" +"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "" +"Paritetstjek med \"mark\" er kun understøttet med 7 data-bits og 1 stop-bit." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1338,14 +1388,17 @@ msgstr "" "Dette er kun en generisk test som måske fejlagtigt melder fejl,\n" "hvis autentificering via Active Directory (R) er påkrævet.\n" -"I så fald bør en bruger der har rettigheder til at udskrive via Active Directory (R)\n" +"I så fald bør en bruger der har rettigheder til at udskrive via Active " +"Directory (R)\n" "logge ind og selv teste om han kan udskrive fra KDE eller GNOME." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "Den generiske test melder fejl for den delte ressource \"%1\" på værten \"%2\"." +msgstr "" +"Den generiske test melder fejl for den delte ressource \"%1\" på værten \"%" +"2\"." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: @@ -1361,13 +1414,19 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." -msgstr "For at understøtte Active Directory (R) skal RPM-pakken samba-krb-printing være installeret." +msgid "" +"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"For at understøtte Active Directory (R) skal RPM-pakken samba-krb-printing " +"være installeret." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "Active Directory (R)-understøttelse vil være deaktiveret for alle SMB-printkøer." +msgstr "" +"Active Directory (R)-understøttelse vil være deaktiveret for alle " +"SMB-printkøer." # #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -1548,8 +1607,10 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." -msgstr "Printerbeskrivelsesfilen er ikke i overensstemmelse med specifikationen." +msgid "" +"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgstr "" +"Printerbeskrivelsesfilen er ikke i overensstemmelse med specifikationen." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 @@ -1559,8 +1620,10 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "En ikke-overensstemmende printerbeskrivelsesfil kan føre til tilfældige fejl." +msgid "" +"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "" +"En ikke-overensstemmende printerbeskrivelsesfil kan føre til tilfældige fejl." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" @@ -1609,12 +1672,14 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " +"printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1738,7 +1803,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>AutoYaST oversigt over udskriftskøer</big> \n" -"AutoYaST understøtter kun indstillinger for udskrift med CUPS via netværk. \n" +"AutoYaST understøtter kun indstillinger for udskrift med CUPS via netværk. " +"\n" "Der er ikke AutoYaST-understøttelse af lokale udskriftskøer.\n" "" @@ -1749,14 +1815,19 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. " +"\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " +"device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " +"drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " +"quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1764,7 +1835,8 @@ "En printer bruges ikke direkte, men via en udskriftskø. \n" "Når flere programmer tildeler udskriftsjobs samtidigt, sættes\n" "disse i kø og sendes en ad gangen til printeren. \n" -"Det er muligt, at have flere forskellige udskriftskøer til den samme printer.\n" +"Det er muligt, at have flere forskellige udskriftskøer til den samme " +"printer.\n" "Flere udskriftskøer er normalt nødvendige når der skal benyttes flere\n" "printer-drivere til den samme printerenhed.\n" "Det kan f.eks. være en udelukkende monokrom-driver for at gennemtvinge\n" @@ -1794,7 +1866,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " +"device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1802,13 +1875,16 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tilslutningen bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden. \n" +"Tilslutningen bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden.<" +"br>\n" "Hvis en forkert tilslutning vælges, kan ingen data sendes til enheden,\n" "og der kan således ikke udskrives. \n" "Hvis en printerenhed kan tilgås via mere end én tilslutningstype,\n" @@ -1828,7 +1904,8 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" +"br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1853,7 +1930,8 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " +"model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1876,13 +1954,15 @@ "Driveren bestemmer at de korrekte data produceres til den\n" "specifikke printermodel. \n" "Hvis en forkert driver er tildelt, sendes forkert data til printeren\n" -"hvilket medfører uskønt udskrift, kaotisk udskrift, eller intet udskrift overhovedet. \n" +"hvilket medfører uskønt udskrift, kaotisk udskrift, eller intet udskrift " +"overhovedet. \n" "Indledningsvis er input-feltet for driveren forudfyldt\n" "med det autodetekterede modelnavn for den aktuelt valgte tilslutning\n" "og de drivere hvor driverbeskrivelsen passer til modelnavnet\n" "vises som standard. \n" "Hvis driverbeskrivelsen matcher det autodetekterede modelnavn\n" -"og hvis alle matchende driverbeskrivelser ser ud til at høre til samme model,\n" +"og hvis alle matchende driverbeskrivelser ser ud til at høre til samme " +"model,\n" "sorteres driverbeskrivelserne således at den mest fornuftige driver\n" "bør være øverst på listen og denne forvælges automatisk.\n" "Hvis ingen driver automatisk forvælges, skal du manuelt\n" @@ -1912,7 +1992,8 @@ "Især skal driverens indstilling af standardpapirstørrelse\n" "matche det papir som faktisk er fyldt i din printer.\n" "Den kan enten eksplicit vælge A4 eller Letter som standardpapirstørrelse\n" -"eller vælge ingenting for at bruge driverens indbyggede standardpapirstørrelse\n" +"eller vælge ingenting for at bruge driverens indbyggede " +"standardpapirstørrelse\n" "hvilket også er nødplanen hvis driveren hverken understøtter A4 eller Letter\n" "(for eksempel en driver til en foto-printer til lille format).\n" "Hvis du gerne vil justere andre driverindstillinger end A4 eller Letter,\n" @@ -2026,8 +2107,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2066,7 +2149,8 @@ "og \"hp:/...\"-tilslutning.\n" "Sidstnævnte leveres af HP-driverpakken \"hplip\".\n" "Til almindelig udskrift bør begge tilslutninger virke, men til alt andet\n" -"(f.eks. enhedsstatus via \"hp-toolbox\", eller scanning med en HP all-in-one-enhed)\n" +"(f.eks. enhedsstatus via \"hp-toolbox\", eller scanning med en HP " +"all-in-one-enhed)\n" "skal \"hp:/...\"-tilslutningen bruges. \n" "Når du udskifter den aktuelt anvendt tilslutning med en anden,\n" "forudfyldes input-feltet til driver-søgestreng \n" @@ -2103,9 +2187,12 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" +"br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " +"later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<" +"br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2122,7 +2209,8 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not " +"changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2139,7 +2227,8 @@ "Du kan enten vælge en anden driver og senere ændre opsætningen af\n" "driver-indstillingerne, eller beholde den nuværende driver og ændre\n" "dens opsætning af driver-indstillingerne nu. \n" -"Nogle indstillinger i driver-indstillingerne skal passe til den enkelte printer.\n" +"Nogle indstillinger i driver-indstillingerne skal passe til den enkelte " +"printer.\n" "Opsætning af driverens standard-papirstørrelse skal f.eks. matche det papir,\n" "der faktisk er lagt i printeren. \n" "Til andre indstillinger af driver-indstillingerne kan du vælge, hvad du har\n" @@ -2154,7 +2243,8 @@ "(dvs. du skal afslutte denne dialog som første trin).\n" "I andet trin kan du justere alle driver-indstillinger\n" "ved at bruge denne dialog igen. \n" -"Indledningsvis er input-feltet til driver-søgestrengen forudfyldt med beskrivelsen\n" +"Indledningsvis er input-feltet til driver-søgestrengen forudfyldt med " +"beskrivelsen\n" "af den aktuelt anvendte driver når tilslutningen ikke er blevet ændret.\n" "Dette medfører normalt at kun én driver matcher,\n" "så du vil skulle angive en mindre specifik driver-søgestreng\n" @@ -2169,8 +2259,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " +"location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print " +"dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2236,12 +2328,16 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ikke-standardindstillinger virker måske ikke i ale tilfælde eller har uventede\n" +"Ikke-standardindstillinger virker måske ikke i ale tilfælde eller har " +"uventede\n" "konsekvenser. \n" -"For eksempel virker en for højt sat opløsning måske ikke for en laser-printer,\n" -"hvis den standard indbyggede hukommelse er utilstrækkelig til at behandle sider\n" +"For eksempel virker en for højt sat opløsning måske ikke for en " +"laser-printer,\n" +"hvis den standard indbyggede hukommelse er utilstrækkelig til at behandle " +"sider\n" "med høj opløsning. \n" -"Eller en højkvalitets indstilling gør udskrift utåleligt langsom på en inkjet-printer\n" +"Eller en højkvalitets indstilling gør udskrift utåleligt langsom på en " +"inkjet-printer\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: @@ -2361,30 +2457,65 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Angiv tilslutningen</big> \n" -"Tilslutningen bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden. \n" +"Tilslutningen bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden.<" +"br>\n" "Hvis en forkert tilslutning anvendes, kan ingen data sendes til enheden,\n" "således bliver der heller ikke nogen udskrift.\n" "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" +#| "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" +#| "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +#| "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" +#| "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" +#| "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" +#| "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" +#| "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" +#| "is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" +#| "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" +#| "colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +#| "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +#| "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" +#| "a full device URI could be for example: \n" +#| "ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +#| "Some examples: \n" +#| "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" +#| "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n" +#| "via port 9100 may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n" +#| "via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n" +#| "may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of " +"data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). " +"\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " +"'='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " +"'?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false" +" \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2409,11 +2540,13 @@ "Derfor er indkodes mellemrum som indgår i en URI-komponent\n" "som \"%20\" (20 er hexadecimal-værdien for mellemrum). \n" "Komponenterne i en URI adskilles af særligt reserverede tegn, såsom\n" -"kolon \":\", skråstreg \"/\", spørgsmålstegn \"?\", ampersand \"&\", eller lig med-tegn \"=\". \n" +"kolon \":\", skråstreg \"/\", spørgsmålstegn \"?\", ampersand \"&\", " +"eller lig med-tegn \"=\". \n" "Endelig kan der være valgfrie parametre (adskilt med et spørgsmålstegn '?')\n" "i form af tilvalg1=værdi1&tilvalg2=værdi2&tilvalg3=\n" "værdi3 således at en fuld enheds-URI f.eks. kan være: \n" -"ipp://server.domæne:631/printere/kønavn?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domæne:631/printere/kønavn?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br" +">\n" "Nogle eksempler: \n" "En USB-printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' produceret af 'ACME'\n" "med serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan have denne enheds-URI: \n" @@ -2518,7 +2651,8 @@ "Selv bindestreng, punktum, tilde og versalfølsomhed\n" "kan give særlige problemstillinger i særlige tilfælde\n" "(f.eks. vides kun bogstaver, tal og underscore at virke\n" -"i et CUPS-udskriftskønavn og store og små bogstaver er ikke af betydning der).\n" +"i et CUPS-udskriftskønavn og store og små bogstaver er ikke af betydning " +"der).\n" "Derfor er det bedst kun at bruge små bogstaver, tal\n" "og underscore for alle værdier i alle URI'er hvis det er muligt. \n" "Reserverede tegn og mellemrum i værdien for en komponent\n" @@ -2530,9 +2664,11 @@ "(dvs. ikke-procent-indkodet).\n" "For sådanne input-felter vil alle mellemrum og reserverede tegn\n" "automatisk blive procent-indkodede.\n" -"For eksempel hvis en adgangskode faktisk er \"Foo%20Bar\" (ikke-procent-indkodet),\n" +"For eksempel hvis en adgangskode faktisk er \"Foo%20Bar\" " +"(ikke-procent-indkodet),\n" "skal den angives bogstaveligt i dialogens input-felt til adgangskode.\n" -"Den automatiserede procent-indkodning giver \"Foo%2520Bar\" hvilket er hvordan\n" +"Den automatiserede procent-indkodning giver \"Foo%2520Bar\" hvilket er " +"hvordan\n" "værdien for adgangskodekomponenten faktisk gemmes i URI'en. \n" "Når et input-felt i dialogen derimod er tiltænkt til at angive\n" "mere end en enkelt værdi for en enkelt komponent i URI'en\n" @@ -2597,7 +2733,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big>" +" \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2634,7 +2771,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Enheds-URI'er for adgang til en netværksprinter eller en printserverboks</big> \n" +"<big>Enheds-URI'er for adgang til en netværksprinter eller en " +"printserverboks</big> \n" "En printserverboks er en lille enhed med en netværkstilslutning samt\n" "en USB- eller parallelport for tilslutning til den egentlige printer.\n" "En netværksprinter har sådan en enhed indbygget.\n" @@ -2672,6 +2810,90 @@ #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" +#| "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n" +#| "means a real computer which offers a print service. \n" +#| "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n" +#| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" +#| "provides in your particular network: \n" +#| "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" +#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" +#| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a SMB printer share. \n" +#| "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n" +#| "is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n" +#| "must be percent-encoded (see above). \n" +#| "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n" +#| "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n" +#| "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n" +#| "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n" +#| "would not work. \n" +#| "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n" +#| "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n" +#| "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n" +#| "is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" +#| "which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n" +#| "who submitted a particular print job.\n" +#| "When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n" +#| "in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n" +#| "via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n" +#| "When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n" +#| "a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n" +#| "and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n" +#| "even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n" +#| "In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n" +#| "has to be specified for authentication.\n" +#| "A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n" +#| "where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n" +#| "This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n" +#| "for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n" +#| "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n" +#| "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n" +#| "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n" +#| "where users who submit print jobs are not logged in. \n" +#| "For the traditional way a matching full device URI is: \n" +#| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" +#| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" +#| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" +#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" +#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +#| "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" +#| "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" +#| "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" +#| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" +#| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" +#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "lpd://ip-address/queue \n" +#| "CUPS Server \n" +#| "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n" +#| "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n" +#| "in the Print Via Network dialog.\n" +#| "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n" +#| "to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here. \n" +#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n" +#| "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" +#| "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) \n" +#| "To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" +#| "the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" +#| "the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" +#| "A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "novell://username:password@server/queue \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" +#| "the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" @@ -2681,7 +2903,8 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2724,7 +2947,8 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " +"\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2745,14 +2969,16 @@ "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Enheds-URI'er til udskrift via en udskriftservermaskine</big> \n" +"<big>Enheds-URI'er til udskrift via en udskriftservermaskine</big> " +"\n" "I modsætning til en printserverboks er en printservermaskine\n" "en reel computer, der tilbyder en udskrifttjeneste. \n" "Adgang foregår via flere forskellige netværksprotokoller.\n" "Spørg din netværksadministrator, hvad hvilken printservermaskine\n" "tilbyder på dit netværk: \n" "Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"For at tilgå en SMB-printerdeling skal RPM-pakken samba-client være installeret.\n" +"For at tilgå en SMB-printerdeling skal RPM-pakken samba-client være " +"installeret.\n" "Pakken leverer CUPS-backenden \"smb\" som er et link til\n" "programmet <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> som faktisk sender data\n" "til en SMB-printerdeling. \n" @@ -2761,7 +2987,8 @@ "Ydermere kan der kræves et brugernavn og en adgangskode for tilgang.\n" "Husk på at mellemrum og specialtegn i disse værdier\n" "skal være prorcent-indkodede (se ovenfor). \n" -"Som standard kører CUPS backends (i dette tilfælde smbspool) som brugeren \"lp\".\n" +"Som standard kører CUPS backends (i dette tilfælde smbspool) som brugeren " +"\"lp\".\n" "Ved udskrivning i et Active Directory (R)-miljø (AD)\n" "har brugeren \"lp\" ikke rettigheder til at udskrive\n" "så den traditionelle måde at udskrive via smbspool som brugeren \"lp\"\n" @@ -2791,11 +3018,13 @@ "hvor brugere som sender udskriftsjobs ikke er logget ind. \n" "Til den traditionelle metode er en matchende fuld enheds-URI: \n" "smb://brugernavn:adgangskode@arbejdsgruppe/server/printer \n" -"For eksempel kan \"John Doe\" med adgangskoden \"@home!\" bruge noget i retning af\n" +"For eksempel kan \"John Doe\" med adgangskoden \"@home!\" bruge noget i " +"retning af\n" "følgende enheds-URI til at tilgå en \"Fun Printer 1000+\"-ressource: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For mere information kig på <tt>man smbspool</tt> og \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " +"\n" "\"Windows\" og \"Active Directory\" er registrerede varemærker\n" "ejet af Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre lande. \n" "Traditionel UNIX-server (LPR) \n" @@ -2817,6 +3046,44 @@ #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" +#| "Specify an Arbitrary Device URI\n" +#| "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" +#| "or to modify an existing device URI in a special way. \n" +#| "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe) \n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" +#| "the program that you specified here.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" +#| "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \n" +#| "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" +#| "which is then called by beh.\n" +#| "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" +#| "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" +#| "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \n" +#| "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" +#| "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" +#| "print jobs are lost if there is an error. \n" +#| "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" +#| "in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries. \n" +#| "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" +#| "to call the backend. \n" +#| "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" +#| "Example: \n" +#| "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" +#| "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +#| "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" +#| "and the print job is lost. \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" +#| "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" @@ -2849,10 +3116,12 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " +"delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh<" +"/tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2890,7 +3159,8 @@ "Backenden beh prøver at tilgå netværksprinteren printer 3 gange\n" "med 5 sek. forsinkelse mellem forsøgene. Hvis tilgang stadig fejler,\n" "deaktiveres køen ikke, og udskriftsjobbene mistes. \n" -"For mere information kig på <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> og \n" +"For mere information kig på <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> og<" +"br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" @@ -2934,7 +3204,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Udskrift via netværk</big> \n" -"Normalt bruges CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) til udskrift via netværk. \n" +"Normalt bruges CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) til udskrift via netværk.<" +"br>\n" "Som standard bruger CUPS dens såkaldte \"browsing\"-tilstand\n" "til at gøre printere tilgængelige via netværk. \n" "I så fald skal eksterne CUPS-servere publicere deres printere via netværk\n" @@ -2949,7 +3220,8 @@ "fordi denne zone er betroet som standard. \n" "Det giver ikke mening at foretage udskrift på et betroet internt netværk\n" "med en netværksgrænseflade som hører til en ikke-betroet \"ekstern zone\"\n" -"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være sikre).\n" +"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være " +"sikre).\n" "Deaktivér derfor især ikke firewall-beskyttelse af CUPS\n" "(dvs. for IPP som bruger TCP-port 631 og UDP-port 631)\n" "for den ikke-betroede \"eksterne zone\".\n" @@ -2958,7 +3230,8 @@ "fra eksterne netværk (især fra internettet),\n" "så tildel netværksgrænsefladen som hører til det interne netværk\n" "til den interne zone i firewalen.\n" -"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale opsætning\n" +"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale " +"opsætning\n" "for at opnå sikkerhed og brugbar på dit netværk\n" "og brug af eksterne printere på et betroet internt netværk\n" "vil virke uden yderligere firewall-opsætning. \n" @@ -2986,7 +3259,8 @@ "\n" "Hvis du kan tilgå eksterne CUPS-servere til udskrift\n" "men disse ikke annoncerer deres printerinformation via netværket\n" -"eller når du ikke kan acceptere indkommende information om annoncerede printere\n" +"eller når du ikke kan acceptere indkommende information om annoncerede " +"printere\n" "(f.eks. fordi skal have firewall-beskyttelse af netværkszonen\n" "hvori printere annonceres), kan du anmode om printerinformation\n" "fra CUPS-servere (forudsat at CUPS-serverne tillader dig adgang). \n" @@ -3001,7 +3275,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " +"host.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" @@ -3012,8 +3287,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hvis du kun udskriver via netværk og hvis du kun bruger en enkelt CUPS-server,\n" -"er der ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing og have en CUPS-dæmon kørende på din værtsmaskine.\n" +"Hvis du kun udskriver via netværk og hvis du kun bruger en enkelt " +"CUPS-server,\n" +"er der ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing og have en CUPS-dæmon kørende " +"på din værtsmaskine.\n" "I stedet er det nemmere at angive CUPS-serveren og tilgå den direkte. \n" "En mulig ulempe er at programmer kan blive forsinket\n" "et stykke tid (indtil der sker tidsudløb) når de prøver\n" @@ -3056,7 +3333,8 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " +"run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -3064,7 +3342,8 @@ "\n" "<big>Dele udskriftskøer og publicere dem via netværk</big> \n" "CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) skulle normalt være sat op til at bruge\n" -"dens såkaldte 'browsing'-tilstand, for at gøre dem tilgængelige via netværk. \n" +"dens såkaldte 'browsing'-tilstand, for at gøre dem tilgængelige via netværk.<" +"br>\n" "I så fald publicerer CUPS-servere deres printere via netværk, og\n" "følgelig skal CUPS-dæmonprocessen (cupsd) køre på din maskine.\n" "Denne lytter efter information om publicerede printere. \n" @@ -3081,19 +3360,23 @@ "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " +"Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" "(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Alle CUPS klientsystemer skal først og fremmest have lov til at tilgå CUPS-serveren.\n" -"Angiv derefter, hvorvidt printere skal publiceres til klienterne eller ej. \n" +"Alle CUPS klientsystemer skal først og fremmest have lov til at tilgå " +"CUPS-serveren.\n" +"Angiv derefter, hvorvidt printere skal publiceres til klienterne eller ej. " +"\n" "På et lokalnetværk er den normale måde at sætte CUPS-browsing op på\n" "at tillade ekstern adgang for alle værtsmaskiner på det lokale netværk\n" "og at annoncere printere til alle disse værtsmaskiner. \n" "Det kræves ikke, at printere skal publiceres under nogen omstændigheder. \n" -"Der er ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing, hvis du blot har en enkelt CUPS-server.\n" +"Der er ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing, hvis du blot har en enkelt " +"CUPS-server.\n" "I stedet er det enklere at angive CUPS-serveren på klientsystemerne\n" "(via \"Udskrift via netværk\"), så klienterne kan tilgå serveren direkte.\n" "" @@ -3182,7 +3465,8 @@ "fordi denne zone er betroet som standard. \n" "Det giver ikke mening at udskrive i på et betroet internt netværk\n" "med en netværksgrænseflade der hører til den ikke-betroede \"eksterne zone\"\n" -"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være sikre).\n" +"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være " +"sikre).\n" "Deaktivér ikke firewall-besktyttelse af CUPS\n" "(dvs. for IPP som bruger TCP-port 631 og UDP-port 631)\n" "for den ikke-betroede \"eksterne zone\". \n" @@ -3191,7 +3475,8 @@ "fra et eksternt netværk (især fra internettet),\n" "så tildel netværksgrænsefladen som hører til det interne netværk\n" "til firewallens interne zone.\n" -"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale opsætning\n" +"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale " +"opsætning\n" "for at opnå sikkerhed og brugbarhed på dit netværk og\n" "deling af printere på et betroet internt netværk\n" "vil virke uden yderligere firewall-opsætning. \n" @@ -3221,6 +3506,28 @@ #. Policies help 2/2: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" +#| "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" +#| "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \n" +#| "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" +#| "(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +#| "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" +#| "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" +#| "can overwrite the default error policy\n" +#| "and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" +#| "For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n" +#| "even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n" +#| "This could happen when any attempt to establish\n" +#| "the communication with the printer is useless\n" +#| "so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n" +#| " \n" +#| "The following error policies exist: \n" +#| "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" +#| "Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" +#| "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" @@ -3240,7 +3547,8 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " +"default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3262,7 +3570,8 @@ " \n" "Følgende fejlpolitikker findes: \n" "Stop printeren, og gem jobbet til senere udskrivning. \n" -"Send jobbet igen fra begyndelsen efter at have ventet en tid (standard 30 sekunder). \n" +"Send jobbet igen fra begyndelsen efter at have ventet en tid (standard 30 " +"sekunder). \n" "Afbryd og slet jobbet, og gå videre til det næste job.\n" "" @@ -3285,7 +3594,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Automatisk konfiguration af lokalt tilsluttede printere</big> \n" +"<big>Automatisk konfiguration af lokalt tilsluttede printere</big> " +"\n" "Markér afkrydsningsfeltet for at køre YaST's automatiske konfiguration\n" "af printere som er tilsluttet den lokale værtsmaskine. \n" "For hver autodetekterede lokalt tilsluttede printer,\n" @@ -3324,9 +3634,11 @@ "<big>Automatisk konfiguration af USB-printere</big> \n" "RPM-pakken \"udev-configure-printer\" giver\n" "automatisk konfiguration når USB-printere tilsluttes. \n" -"Når dens afkrydsningsfelt indledningsvist ikke er markeret, er den ikke installeret\n" +"Når dens afkrydsningsfelt indledningsvist ikke er markeret, er den ikke " +"installeret\n" "og du kan så markere det, og den vil blive installeret. \n" -"Når afkrydsningsfeltet indledningsvist er markeret, er den allerede installeret\n" +"Når afkrydsningsfeltet indledningsvist er markeret, er den allerede " +"installeret\n" "og du kan så afmarkere det hvorved den vil blive afinstalleret. \n" "Når udev-configure-printer er installeret,\n" "sker automatisk konfiguration af USB-printer via indgangene\n" @@ -3427,7 +3739,8 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " +"accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3482,14 +3795,18 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "For at fortsætte skal du acceptere at \"%1\" ikke længere vil blive brugt." +msgstr "" +"For at fortsætte skal du acceptere at \"%1\" ikke længere vil blive brugt." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 -msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "En ikke-tilgængelig server fører til en uendelig sekvens af forsinkelser og fejl." +msgid "" +"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "" +"En ikke-tilgængelig server fører til en uendelig sekvens af forsinkelser og " +"fejl." # #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. @@ -3518,8 +3835,10 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "Denne er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan slettes." +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "" +"Denne er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan slettes." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 msgid "Confirm Deletion" @@ -3527,8 +3846,11 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 -msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." -msgstr "Den valgte konfiguration vil blive slettet omgående og kan ikke genoprettes." +msgid "" +"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " +"restored." +msgstr "" +"Den valgte konfiguration vil blive slettet omgående og kan ikke genoprettes." # #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -3585,8 +3907,12 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 -msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." -msgstr "Der er ventende udskriftjobs, som måske vil blive slettet før testsiden bliver udskrevet." +msgid "" +"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " +"printed." +msgstr "" +"Der er ventende udskriftjobs, som måske vil blive slettet før testsiden " +"bliver udskrevet." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3718,8 +4044,10 @@ msgstr "Se filen /var/log/cups/error_log for den fulde log." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 -msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "CUPS loginformation under behandling af testsiden til %1 (kun på engelsk)" +msgid "" +"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "" +"CUPS loginformation under behandling af testsiden til %1 (kun på engelsk)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: @@ -3729,13 +4057,18 @@ #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 -msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." -msgstr "Når udskrift via et eksternt system mislykkes, kan du spørge administratoren af det eksterne system." +msgid "" +"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Når udskrift via et eksternt system mislykkes, kan du spørge administratoren " +"af det eksterne system." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med tilføjelse af konfiguration." +msgstr "" +"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med tilføjelse af konfiguration." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 msgid "Cannot Modify" @@ -3743,8 +4076,10 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "Dette er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan ændres." +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "" +"Dette er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan ændres." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -3799,8 +4134,12 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." -msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med opsætningspolitikker for det lokale system." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " +"system." +msgstr "" +"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med opsætningspolitikker for det " +"lokale system." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -3938,7 +4277,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "Se hjælpeteksten til denne dialog, hvis du er i tvivl om opsætning af firewall." +msgstr "" +"Se hjælpeteksten til denne dialog, hvis du er i tvivl om opsætning af " +"firewall." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -3972,7 +4313,9 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "Afkrydsningsfeltet til at foretage alle udskrifter via én CUPS-server blev deaktiveret." +msgstr "" +"Afkrydsningsfeltet til at foretage alle udskrifter via én CUPS-server blev " +"deaktiveret." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -3990,7 +4333,8 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Mislykkedes at sætte BrowseAllow-værdierne '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "" +"Mislykkedes at sætte BrowseAllow-værdierne '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4037,13 +4381,17 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " +"announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" -"Under skift fra \"acceptér printerannonceringer\" til \"acceptér ikke annonceringer\"\n" -"eller efter \"anmod om printerinformation fra CUPS-servere\" blev deaktiveret\n" -"tager det normalt 5 minutter, før allerede modtaget information fortoner sig..." +"Under skift fra \"acceptér printerannonceringer\" til \"acceptér ikke " +"annonceringer\"\n" +"eller efter \"anmod om printerinformation fra CUPS-servere\" blev " +"deaktiveret\n" +"tager det normalt 5 minutter, før allerede modtaget information fortoner " +"sig..." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 @@ -4063,7 +4411,8 @@ #. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "Der er flere måder at angive hvilke eksterne værtsmaskiner der er tilladte:" +msgstr "" +"Der er flere måder at angive hvilke eksterne værtsmaskiner der er tilladte:" #. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues #. for computers within the local network: @@ -4121,14 +4470,21 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "Tillad adgang fra disse IP-adresser eller &netværk/netmaske (adskilt af mellemrum)" +msgid "" +"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "" +"Tillad adgang fra disse IP-adresser eller &netværk/netmaske (adskilt af " +"mellemrum)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "Publicér til disse IP-adresser eller netværk-&broadcast-adresser (adskilt af mellemrum)" +msgid "" +"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " +"space)" +msgstr "" +"Publicér til disse IP-adresser eller netværk-&broadcast-adresser (adskilt af " +"mellemrum)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4161,7 +4517,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Mislykkedes at fjerne 'BrowseAddress'-indgange fra /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "" +"Mislykkedes at fjerne 'BrowseAddress'-indgange fra /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. @@ -4173,7 +4530,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Mislykkedes at sætte 'BrowseAddress'-indgangene '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "" +"Mislykkedes at sætte 'BrowseAddress'-indgangene '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4183,8 +4541,12 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." -msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med deling af lokale printerkonfigurationer." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " +"configurations." +msgstr "" +"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med deling af lokale " +"printerkonfigurationer." # #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. @@ -4458,7 +4820,8 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "Ingen passende driver fundet. Ændr søgestrengen eller prøv \"Find flere\"." +msgstr "" +"Ingen passende driver fundet. Ændr søgestrengen eller prøv \"Find flere\"." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4496,6 +4859,7 @@ msgstr "gemt værdi" #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#| msgid "&Test Server" msgid "The server '" msgstr "Serveren \"" @@ -4533,7 +4897,8 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Startede hp-setup.\n" "Du skal afslutte hp-setup før du kan fortsætte med printerkonfigurationen.\n" @@ -4553,13 +4918,20 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og der er ingen softwarekilde tilgængelig." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og der er ingen softwarekilde " +"tilgængelig." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og den er ikke tilgængelig på softwarekilden." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "" +"Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og den er ikke tilgængelig på " +"softwarekilden." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -49,8 +49,6 @@ "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" msgstr "" -"Der opstod en fejl under %1 proxy-testen.\n" -"Proxy-fejlkode: %2.\n" #. Unknown return code, #. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, @@ -60,34 +58,31 @@ "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" msgstr "" -"Der opstod en ukendt fejl under %1 proxy -testen.\n" -"Proxy fejlkode: %2.\n" -# #. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." -msgstr "Tester de nuværende proxy-indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." -msgstr "En fejl opstod under HTTP proxy-testen." +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." -msgstr "En fejl opstod under HTTPS proxy-testen." +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." -msgstr "En fejl opstod under under FTP proxy-testen." +msgstr "" #. Popup message #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." -msgstr "Proxy-indstillingerne virker korrekt." +msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog caption #. Commandline help title @@ -110,8 +105,6 @@ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"HTTP Proxy-URL er navnet på proxy-serveren for din adgang\n" -"til internettet (WWW).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 @@ -119,13 +112,11 @@ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"HTTPS proxy-URL er navnet på proxy-serveren for din sikre adgang\n" -"til internettet (WWW).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" -msgstr "Eksempel: http://proxy.eksempel.dk:3128/" +msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 @@ -133,8 +124,6 @@ "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP)." msgstr "" -"FTP proxy-URL er navnet på proxy-serveren for din adgang\n" -"til filoverføringstjenester (FTP)." #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 @@ -151,9 +140,6 @@ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, %1.\n" msgstr "" -"Domæner uden proxy er en komma-separeret liste over\n" -"domæner, hvor der forespørges direkte uden caching,\n" -"f.eks.,%1.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 @@ -163,15 +149,12 @@ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" -# Main dialog help 8/8 #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" msgstr "" -"Tryk Test proxy-indstillinger for at teste\n" -"den nuværende konfiguration for HTTP-, HTTPS- og FTP-proxy.\n" #. CheckBox entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 @@ -186,47 +169,45 @@ #. Text entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" -msgstr "&HTTP proxy-URL" +msgstr "" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" -msgstr "HTTP&S proxy-URL" +msgstr "" #. Text entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" -msgstr "F&TP proxy-URL" +msgstr "" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" -msgstr "Anv&end samme proxy til alle protokoller" +msgstr "" #. Text entry label #. domains without proxying #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" -msgstr "&Domæner uden proxy" +msgstr "" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "Proxy-autentificering" -# #. Text entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" -msgstr "Proxy-&brugernavn" +msgstr "" #. Password entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "A&dgangskode til proxy" -# #. Test Proxy Settings - push button #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" -msgstr "Test pr&oxy-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 @@ -234,8 +215,6 @@ "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" msgstr "" -"Proxy er aktiveret, men ingen proxy-URL blev angivet.\n" -"Vil du virkelig anvende disse indstillinger?" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" @@ -245,44 +224,40 @@ "Really use these settings?" msgstr "" -# #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." -msgstr "Du kan ikke angive en adgangskode, og efterlade brugernavnet tomt." +msgstr "" -# #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." -msgstr "HTTP proxy-URL er ugyldig." +msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "HTTP proxy-URL skal indeholde en skemaspecifikation (http)." +msgstr "" -# #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." -msgstr "HTTPS proxy-URL er ugyldig." +msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "HTTPS proxy-URL skal indeholde en skemaspecifikation (http)." +msgstr "" -# #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." -msgstr "FTP proxy-URL er ugyldig." +msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "FTP proxy-URL skal indeholde en skemaspecifikation (http)." +msgstr "" #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 @@ -295,12 +270,11 @@ "* Domain name prefixed by '.'" msgstr "" -# #. Return a modification status #. @return true if data was modified #: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Status for proxy-konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" @@ -336,48 +310,47 @@ #. command-line help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgstr "Indstil autentifikation for proxy-serveren" +msgstr "" -# #. command-line help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" -msgstr "Vis sammendrag af de nuværende indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" -msgstr "Indstil HTTP-proxy" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" -msgstr "Indstil HTTPS-proxy" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" -msgstr "Indstil FTP-proxy" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" -msgstr "Ryd alle viste valgmuligheder" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "Indstil domæner til ikke at bruge proxy-indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "Brugernavnet der skal bruges til proxy-autentifikation" +msgstr "" #. command-line option help #: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "Adgangskoden som skal bruges til proxy-autentifikation" +msgstr "" #. ask the user #. translators: command line prompt for entering a password @@ -398,31 +371,27 @@ #. @return true if success #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" -msgstr "Opdatér proxy-konfiguration" +msgstr "" -# #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Gemmer proxy-konfiguration" +msgstr "" -# #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards #. but only when Progress is visible #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." -msgstr "Opdaterer proxy-konfiguration..." +msgstr "" -# #. Summary text #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." -msgstr "Proxy er deaktiveret." +msgstr "" -# #. Summary text #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." -msgstr "Proxy er aktiveret." +msgstr "" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -174,6 +174,7 @@ msgstr "Tjek &automatisk" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#| msgid "Recommended Packages" msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Installér &anbefalede pakker" @@ -237,6 +238,7 @@ msgstr "Installér alle tilsvarende -de&bugsource-pakker" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Installér alle matchende &anbefalede pakker" @@ -319,12 +321,20 @@ msgstr "&Annullér" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annullér skift</a> af systempakker til versionerne i softwarekilden %2" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " +"packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annullér skift</a> af " +"systempakker til versionerne i softwarekilden %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Skift systempakker</a> til versionerne i denne softwarekilde (%2)" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " +"versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Skift systempakker</a> til versionerne i " +"denne softwarekilde (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -354,8 +364,16 @@ msgstr "Fejl: Ikke mere diskplads!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." -msgstr "Du kan vælge at installere alligevel, hvis du ved hvad du gør, men du risikerer at få et beskadiget system, som kræver manuelle reparationer. Hvis du ikke er absolut sikker på, hvordan det skal håndteres, så tryk Annullér nu, og fravælg nogle pakker." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " +"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " +"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " +"deselect some packages." +msgstr "" +"Du kan vælge at installere alligevel, hvis du ved hvad du gør, men du " +"risikerer at få et beskadiget system, som kræver manuelle reparationer. Hvis " +"du ikke er absolut sikker på, hvordan det skal håndteres, så tryk " +"Annullér nu, og fravælg nogle pakker." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -379,8 +397,12 @@ msgstr "Automatiske ændringer" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "Udover dine manuelle udvælgelser, vil følgende pakker blive installeret for at løse afhængigheder:" +msgid "" +"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " +"changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Udover dine manuelle udvælgelser, vil følgende pakker blive installeret for " +"at løse afhængigheder:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 @@ -393,8 +415,12 @@ msgstr "Ikke-supporterede pakker" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "Vær venligst opmærksom på at følgende valgte software enten ikke er supportereret, eller kræver yderligere kundekontrakt for support." +msgid "" +"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " +"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "" +"Vær venligst opmærksom på at følgende valgte software enten ikke er " +"supportereret, eller kræver yderligere kundekontrakt for support." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -407,8 +433,11 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." -msgstr "Bemærk: Dette er kun et kort overblik. Se manualen for detaljer." +msgid "" +"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Bemærk: Dette er kun et kort overblik. Se manualen for detaljer." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 @@ -416,92 +445,195 @@ msgstr "I denne dialog vælges rettelser til download og installation." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." -msgstr "Listen på venstre side indeholder tilgængelige rettelser sammen med den respektive rettelsestype (sikkerhed, anbefalet eller valgfri) og den (estimerede) downloadstørrelse." +msgid "" +"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " +"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " +"(estimated) download size." +msgstr "" +"Listen på venstre side indeholder tilgængelige rettelser sammen med den " +"respektive rettelsestype (sikkerhed, anbefalet eller valgfri) og den " +"(estimerede) downloadstørrelse." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." -msgstr "Denne liste indeholder normalt kun rettelser, som ikke er installeret på dit system endnu. Du kan ændre det med afkrydsningsboksen Inkludér installerede rettelser under listen." +msgid "" +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your " +"system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches " +"check box below the list." +msgstr "" +"Denne liste indeholder normalt kun rettelser, som ikke er installeret på dit " +"system endnu. Du kan ændre det med afkrydsningsboksen Inkludér " +"installerede rettelser under listen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." -msgstr "Feltet Beskrivelse af rettelse indeholder en længere beskrivelse af den nuværende markerede rettelse. Klik en rettelse i listen for at se dens beskrivelse her." +msgid "" +"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " +"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " +"here." +msgstr "" +"Feltet Beskrivelse af rettelse indeholder en længere beskrivelse af " +"den nuværende markerede rettelse. Klik en rettelse i listen for at se dens " +"beskrivelse her." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "Pakkelisten på højre side viser indholdet af den nuværende markerede rettelse. For eksempel pakkerne den indeholder. Du kan ikke installere eller slette individuelle pakker fra en rettelse; kun rettelsen som en helhed. Det er tilsigtet for at undgå systeminkonsistens." +msgid "" +"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " +"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " +"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " +"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "" +"Pakkelisten på højre side viser indholdet af den nuværende markerede " +"rettelse. For eksempel pakkerne den indeholder. Du kan ikke installere eller " +"slette individuelle pakker fra en rettelse; kun rettelsen som en helhed. Det " +"er tilsigtet for at undgå systeminkonsistens." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "Udover Rettelser, kan du også vælge en af de øvrige filtervisninger under Filter øverst til venstre:" +msgid "" +"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " +"views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Udover Rettelser, kan du også vælge en af de øvrige filtervisninger " +"under Filter øverst til venstre:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "I denne dialog udvælges pakker til installation, opdatering eller sletning. Du kan vælge individuelle pakker eller hele \"pakkeudvalg\"." +msgid "" +"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " +"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "" +"I denne dialog udvælges pakker til installation, opdatering eller sletning. " +"Du kan vælge individuelle pakker eller hele \"pakkeudvalg\"." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "Klik på statusikonet for en pakke eller et udvalg for at ændre status; eller højreklik på den for at åbne en kontekstmenu." +msgid "" +"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " +"right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "" +"Klik på statusikonet for en pakke eller et udvalg for at ændre status; eller " +"højreklik på den for at åbne en kontekstmenu." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "Brug Tjek afhængigheder-knappen til at løse pakkeafhængigheder. Nogle pakker kræver, at andre pakker installeres. Nogle pakker kan kun blive installeret, hvis andre pakker ikke også installeres. Dette tjek vil automatisk markere krævede pakker til installation, og vil advare dig, hvis der er afhængighedskonflikter." +msgid "" +"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " +"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " +"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " +"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " +"you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "" +"Brug Tjek afhængigheder-knappen til at løse pakkeafhængigheder. Nogle " +"pakker kræver, at andre pakker installeres. Nogle pakker kan kun blive " +"installeret, hvis andre pakker ikke også installeres. Dette tjek vil " +"automatisk markere krævede pakker til installation, og vil advare dig, hvis " +"der er afhængighedskonflikter." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." -msgstr "Når du forlader denne dialog med Godkend vil dette tjek automatisk blive udført." +msgid "" +"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " +"be performed." +msgstr "" +"Når du forlader denne dialog med Godkend vil dette tjek automatisk " +"blive udført." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" -msgstr "Vælg en af de tilgængelige filtervisninger med Filter-kombinationsfeltet øverst til venstre:" +msgid "" +"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " +"the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Vælg en af de tilgængelige filtervisninger med Filter" +"-kombinationsfeltet øverst til venstre:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." -msgstr "Udvalg Viser nogle prædefinerede sæt af pakker som logisk hører sammen." +msgid "" +"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " +"belong together." +msgstr "" +"Udvalg Viser nogle prædefinerede sæt af pakker som logisk hører sammen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "Brug afkrydsningsfeltet ved siden af udvalget for at vælge det som helhed. Du kan også vælge eller fravælge individuelle pakker i pakkelisten til højre." +msgid "" +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also " +"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "" +"Brug afkrydsningsfeltet ved siden af udvalget for at vælge det som helhed. Du " +"kan også vælge eller fravælge individuelle pakker i pakkelisten til højre." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "Pakkegrupper viser pakker efter kategori. Du kan udvide eller sammentrække træstrukturen for at uddybe eller sammenfatte kategorier. Klik på en kategori for at vise pakkerne i den kategori i pakkelisten på højre side." +msgid "" +"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse " +"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display " +"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "" +"Pakkegrupper viser pakker efter kategori. Du kan udvide eller " +"sammentrække træstrukturen for at uddybe eller sammenfatte kategorier. Klik " +"på en kategori for at vise pakkerne i den kategori i pakkelisten på højre " +"side." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "Tip: Der er et \"zzz Alle\"-punkt til slut i listen som viser alle pakker. Det kan tage et par sekunder på langsomme maskiner." +msgid "" +" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " +"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Der er et \"zzz Alle\"-punkt til slut i listen som viser alle " +"pakker. Det kan tage et par sekunder på langsomme maskiner." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "Søg giver dig mulighed for at søge efter pakker efter forskellige kriterier. Det er normalt den nemmeste måde at finde en pakke, hvis du kender dens navn." +msgid "" +"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " +"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "" +"Søg giver dig mulighed for at søge efter pakker efter forskellige " +"kriterier. Det er normalt den nemmeste måde at finde en pakke, hvis du kender " +"dens navn." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "Tip: Du kan også bruge dette til at finde ud af hvilken pakke der indeholder et bestemt bibliotek. Søg i RPM-feltet Leverer." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " +"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Du kan også bruge dette til at finde ud af hvilken pakke der " +"indeholder et bestemt bibliotek. Søg i RPM-feltet Leverer." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "Installationsoversigt viser som standard ændringerne til dit system -- hvilke pakker der vil blive installeret, slettet eller opdateret." +msgid "" +"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " +"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "" +"Installationsoversigt viser som standard ændringerne til dit system -- " +"hvilke pakker der vil blive installeret, slettet eller opdateret." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "Det er generelt en god idé at bruge Tjek afhængigheder og derefter skifte til Installationsoversigt før klik på Godkend. På denne måde kan du se alle ændringer, som vil blive udført på dit system." +msgid "" +"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to <" +"b>Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " +"see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "" +"Det er generelt en god idé at bruge Tjek afhængigheder og derefter " +"skifte til Installationsoversigt før klik på Godkend. På denne " +"måde kan du se alle ændringer, som vil blive udført på dit system." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "Du kan også udtrykkeligt vælge, hvilke pakker med hvilken status der skal fremvises her; brug afkrydsningsfelterne på venstre side." +msgid "" +"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " +"use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "" +"Du kan også udtrykkeligt vælge, hvilke pakker med hvilken status der skal " +"fremvises her; brug afkrydsningsfelterne på venstre side." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." -msgstr "Tip: Du kan også bruge filterets effekt omvendt og derved se, hvilke pakker der forbliver sig selv på dit system. Simpelthen sæt kryds i Behold og fjern kryds i resten." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what " +"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck " +"everything else." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Du kan også bruge filterets effekt omvendt og derved se, hvilke " +"pakker der forbliver sig selv på dit system. Simpelthen sæt kryds i " +"Behold og fjern kryds i resten." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -551,8 +683,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." -msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret. Opdatér den eller geninstallér den (hvis versionen er den samme)." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions " +"are the same)." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke er allerede installeret. Opdatér den eller geninstallér den (hvis " +"versionen er den samme)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -574,12 +710,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Denne pakke er ikke installeret og bør ikke installeres under nogen omstændigheder, specielt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "" +"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " +"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " +"packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke er ikke installeret og bør ikke installeres under nogen " +"omstændigheder, specielt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre " +"pakker måske har eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." -msgstr "Pakker sat til \"tabu\" behandles, som om de ikke findes på installationsmediet." +msgid "" +"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " +"installation media." +msgstr "" +"Pakker sat til \"tabu\" behandles, som om de ikke findes på " +"installationsmediet." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -588,12 +734,20 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Denne pakke er installeret og bør ikke ændres, særligt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "" +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because " +"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke er installeret og bør ikke ændres, særligt ikke på grund af " +"uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Brug denne status til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives af en ny version, der kan komme med distributionen." +msgid "" +"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " +"newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Brug denne status til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives af en ny " +"version, der kan komme med distributionen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -603,12 +757,18 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." -msgstr "Denne pakke vil blive installeret automatisk, fordi en anden pakke har brug for den." +msgid "" +"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke vil blive installeret automatisk, fordi en anden pakke har brug " +"for den." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "Tip: Du skal måske bruge \"tabu\" for at slippe for sådan en pakke." +msgid "" +"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Du skal måske bruge \"tabu\" for at slippe for sådan en pakke." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -618,8 +778,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men en anden pakke kræver en nyere version, så den vil automatisk blive opdateret." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " +"version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men en anden pakke kræver en nyere " +"version, så den vil automatisk blive opdateret." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -629,8 +793,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." -msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men pakkeafhængigheder kræver at den slettes." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " +"is deleted." +msgstr "" +"Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men pakkeafhængigheder kræver at den " +"slettes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." @@ -654,8 +822,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "Hent denne pakke. Installér den hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Opdatér den til seneste version, hvis den er installeret, og hvis der findes en nyere version." +msgid "" +"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " +"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "" +"Hent denne pakke. Installér den hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Opdatér " +"den til seneste version, hvis den er installeret, og hvis der findes en nyere " +"version." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -664,13 +837,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "Slip af med denne pakke. Markér den som \"installér ikke\", hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Slet den, hvis den er installeret." +msgid "" +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed " +"yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "" +"Slip af med denne pakke. Markér den som \"installér ikke\", hvis den ikke er " +"installeret endnu. Slet den, hvis den er installeret." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." -msgstr "Opdatér denne pakke, hvis den er installeret, og der findes en nyere version. Ignorér pakker, der ikke er installeret." +msgid "" +"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " +"packages that are not installed." +msgstr "" +"Opdatér denne pakke, hvis den er installeret, og der findes en nyere version. " +"Ignorér pakker, der ikke er installeret." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -679,13 +860,23 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "Omgør effekten af \">\" ovenfor: Sæt pakken til \"Behold\" hvis den lige nu er sat til \"Opdatér\". Ignorér alle andre pakker." +msgid "" +"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " +"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "" +"Omgør effekten af \">\" ovenfor: Sæt pakken til \"Behold\" hvis den lige nu " +"er sat til \"Opdatér\". Ignorér alle andre pakker." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Sæt denne pakke til \"tabu\", hvis den ikke er installeret. Sørg for den ikke bliver installeret, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " +"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " +"that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Sæt denne pakke til \"tabu\", hvis den ikke er installeret. Sørg for den ikke " +"bliver installeret, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har " +"eller får." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -694,12 +885,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Sæt denne pakke til \"Beskyttet\", hvis den er installeret. Sørg for at denne pakke ikke ændres, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " +"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " +"other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Sæt denne pakke til \"Beskyttet\", hvis den er installeret. Sørg for at denne " +"pakke ikke ændres, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har " +"eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Brug dette til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives med nyere versioner, der kan komme med distributionen." +msgid "" +"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " +"versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Brug dette til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives med nyere " +"versioner, der kan komme med distributionen." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -759,8 +960,13 @@ msgstr "Opret testcase for afhængighedsløseren" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Anvend dette til at generere omfattende logge for at hjælpe med at finde bugs i afhængighedsløseren. Loggene vil blive gemt i mappen <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " +"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Anvend dette til at generere omfattende logge for at hjælpe med at finde " +"bugs i afhængighedsløseren. Loggene vil blive gemt i mappen <tt>%1</tt><" +"/p>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -768,8 +974,12 @@ msgstr "Testcase for afhængighedsløser" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "Testcase for afhængighedsløser skrevet til <tt>%1</tt>Forbered et <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkiv til vedhæftning for Bugzilla?" +msgid "" +"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>" +"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "" +"Testcase for afhængighedsløser skrevet til <tt>%1</tt>Forbered " +"et <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkiv til vedhæftning for Bugzilla?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -778,8 +988,12 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Fejl under oprettelse af testcase for afhængighedsløserenKontrollér venligst diskplads og tilladelser for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " +"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Fejl under oprettelse af testcase for afhængighedsløseren" +"Kontrollér venligst diskplads og tilladelser for <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1574,6 +1788,7 @@ #. Dialog heading #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 +#| msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Inkompatible pakkeversioner" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/qt.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ #. "Help" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 +#| msgid "Help" msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Hjælp" @@ -139,18 +140,21 @@ #. "Release Notes" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 +#| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "&Udgivelsesnoter" #. "Steps" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 +#| msgid "Steps" msgid "&Steps" msgstr "&Trin" #. "Tree" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 +#| msgid "Tree" msgid "&Tree" msgstr "&Træ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -21,30 +21,27 @@ #. Commandline help title #: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 msgid "Remote Access Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration af fjernadgang" +msgstr "" -# #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 msgid "Display configuration summary" -msgstr "Vis konfigurationssammendrag" +msgstr "" -# #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 msgid "Allow remote access" -msgstr "Tillad fjernadgang" +msgstr "" #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration" +msgstr "" -# #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" -msgstr "Konfigurationssammendrag for fjernadgang:" +msgstr "" #. Command line error message #: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 @@ -52,8 +49,6 @@ "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." msgstr "" -"Sæt 'ja' for at tillade fjernadministration,\n" -"eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade det." #. RichText label #: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 @@ -65,23 +60,20 @@ msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "" -# #. Ramote Administration dialog caption #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27 msgid "Remote Administration" -msgstr "Fjernadministration" +msgstr "" -# #. RadioButton label #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "&Tillad fjernadministration" +msgstr "" -# #. RadioButton label #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:39 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "Tillad &ikke fjernadministration" +msgstr "" #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" @@ -92,23 +84,20 @@ "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" -# #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" -msgstr "Indstillinger for fjernadministration" +msgstr "" -# #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" -# #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 @@ -118,7 +107,7 @@ #. Progress stage 3 #: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 msgid "Restart the services" -msgstr "Genstart tjenesterne" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 msgid "Stop the services" @@ -126,13 +115,12 @@ #: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" -msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af fjernadministration" +msgstr "" -# #. 100; //for testing #: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "Skriver firewall indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." @@ -141,20 +129,18 @@ #. Disable xrdp #: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 msgid "Restarting the service..." -msgstr "Genstarter tjenesten..." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "" -# #. Label in proposal text #: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." -msgstr "Fjernadministration er aktiveret." +msgstr "" -# #. Label in proposal text #: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." -msgstr "Fjernadministration er deaktiveret." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rear.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rear.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/rear.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:109 src/include/rear/ui.rb:153 #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "&Annullér" +msgstr "" #. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:143 @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:152 src/include/rear/ui.rb:252 msgid "&OK" -msgstr "&OK" +msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:171 msgid "Choose Directory" @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:490 msgid "Backup" -msgstr "Backup" +msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:498 msgid "&Backup Media" @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:507 src/include/rear/ui.rb:615 #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:629 msgid "&Location" -msgstr "P&lacering" +msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 msgid "&Keep old backup" @@ -189,10 +189,9 @@ msgid "Rescan USB Devices" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:529 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "Avanceret" +msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:531 msgid "Save and run rear now" @@ -249,7 +248,7 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. check bootloader #. returns error message if system is not supported Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/registration.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/registration.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/registration.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -586,12 +586,12 @@ #. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior #: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" -msgstr "Vil du virkelig afbryde?" +msgstr "" #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "Licensaftale" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -731,20 +731,19 @@ msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul" -# #. create the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "Genkender" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" -msgstr "Version" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arkitektur" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" @@ -775,7 +774,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Version" -msgstr "&Version" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Architecture" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -23,15 +23,12 @@ msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "" -# #. yes-no popup #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" -"Vil du virkelig afslutte?\n" -"Alle ændringer vil gå tabt." #. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 @@ -45,22 +42,21 @@ #. A popup dialog caption #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" -msgstr "Tilføj ny port" +msgstr "" #. A popup dialog caption #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" -msgstr "Redigér nuværende port" +msgstr "" -# #. A text entry #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" -msgstr "&Port" +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." -msgstr "Portnummer må ikke være tomt." +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." @@ -70,7 +66,6 @@ msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "" -# #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -98,7 +93,7 @@ #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "Globale indstillinger" +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" @@ -124,7 +119,7 @@ #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" -msgstr "Aktivér" +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" @@ -138,11 +133,10 @@ msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" -msgstr "Firewall" +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" @@ -160,31 +154,29 @@ msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" -msgstr "TCP-porte" +msgstr "" -# #. A table header #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" -msgstr "Port" +msgstr "" #. a push button #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." -msgstr "&Tilføj..." +msgstr "" #. a push button #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." -msgstr "&Redigér..." +msgstr "" #. a push button #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" -msgstr "&Slet" +msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" @@ -203,8 +195,6 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Afbryd initialisering:</big> \n" -"Afbryd konfigurationsværktøjet sikkert ved at trykke på Afbryd nu.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -221,10 +211,6 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Afbryde gemmeprocess:</big> \n" -"Afbryd gemmeproceduren ved at trykke på Afbryd.\n" -"En yderligere dialog informerer dig, om det er sikkert at gøre det.\n" -"\n" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" @@ -277,12 +263,11 @@ msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "" -# #. Progress stage 3/3 #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" -msgstr "Læs firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 @@ -294,12 +279,11 @@ msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "" -# #. Progress step 3/3 #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." -msgstr "Læser firewall-indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 @@ -319,7 +303,7 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke læse firewall-indstillinger." +msgstr "" #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 @@ -341,12 +325,11 @@ msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "" -# #. Progress stage 3 #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 @@ -358,12 +341,11 @@ msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "" -# #. Progress step 3 #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "Skriver firewall indstillinger..." +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 @@ -383,4 +365,4 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive firewall-indstillinger." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -883,33 +883,30 @@ msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "Brug ikke Kerberos" -# #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "Standardområde" +msgstr "" -# #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "Standarddomæne" +msgstr "" -# #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "KDC-serveradresse" +msgstr "" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "Tidsforskydning" +msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "KDC-server: %1 " +msgstr "" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -921,7 +918,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "Standardområde: %1 " +msgstr "" #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -945,7 +942,7 @@ #. summary line #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" -msgstr "Konfiguration hentet via DNS" +msgstr "" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 @@ -953,8 +950,6 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -"Tidsforskydning er ugyldig.\n" -"Prøv igen.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -962,8 +957,6 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" -"Levetid er ugyldig.\n" -"Prøv igen." #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/squid.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/squid.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/squid.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -1439,11 +1439,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "Afrikaans" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "Arabisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "Persisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "Indonesisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "Lettisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "Malayisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "Thai" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1611,11 +1611,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "Uzbekisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "Vietnamesisk" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/storage.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -6085,7 +6085,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "Installation af krævede pakker fejlede." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/support.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/support.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/support.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "Support" +msgstr "" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 @@ -46,10 +46,9 @@ msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" -# #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" -msgstr "Åben" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -94,7 +93,7 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "Gem som" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" @@ -119,7 +118,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger." +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -176,14 +175,13 @@ msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" -msgstr "Valgmuligheder" +msgstr "" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 @@ -209,14 +207,13 @@ msgid "Company" msgstr "" -# #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "E-mail-adresse" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" -msgstr "Navn" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -253,7 +250,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "Fremgang" +msgstr "" #. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 @@ -264,7 +261,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "Filnavn" +msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -283,8 +280,6 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Afbryd initialisering:</big> \n" -"Afbryd konfigurationsværktøjet sikkert ved at trykke på Afbryd nu.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -301,10 +296,6 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Afbryde gemmeprocess:</big> \n" -"Afbryd gemmeproceduren ved at trykke på Afbryd.\n" -"En yderligere dialog informerer dig, om det er sikkert at gøre det.\n" -"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -329,9 +320,6 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Redigere eller slette:</big> \n" -"Hvis du trykker på Redigér, åbner en yderligere dialog, hvor\n" -"du kan ændre konfigurationen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 @@ -482,9 +470,6 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Konfiguration - anden del</big> \n" -"Tryk på Næste for at fortsætte.\n" -" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -493,9 +478,6 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" -"<big>Vælge noget</big> \n" -"Det er ikke muligt. Du skal kode det først :-)\n" -"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -784,7 +766,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer ..." +msgstr "" #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -793,7 +775,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "root-adgangskode" +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -812,30 +794,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" +msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "Kør SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." +msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "Kører SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Færdig" +msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "Konfigurationssammendrag..." +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po 2015-11-03 12:56:21 UTC (rev 94213) @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ #. Left side: global config & connection management #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "Global konfiguration" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" @@ -248,8 +248,11 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " +"will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. @@ -294,11 +297,11 @@ #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 msgid "Name" -msgstr "Navn" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 msgid "Description" -msgstr "Beskrivelse" +msgstr "" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 @@ -324,7 +327,7 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 msgid "Type" -msgstr "Type" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 msgid "Gateway (Server)" @@ -495,7 +498,8 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" @@ -525,3 +529,4 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94211 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Nov '15

03 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:12 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94211 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/linux-user-mgmt.cs.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/rpm-groups.cs.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/vpn.cs.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/linux-user-mgmt.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/linux-user-mgmt.cs.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/linux-user-mgmt.cs.po 2015-11-03 12:56:12 UTC (rev 94211) @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/rpm-groups.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/rpm-groups.cs.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/rpm-groups.cs.po 2015-11-03 12:56:12 UTC (rev 94211) @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/vpn.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/vpn.cs.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cs/po/vpn.cs.po 2015-11-03 12:56:12 UTC (rev 94211) @@ -26,22 +26,27 @@ msgstr "Předsdílený klíč pro brány" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#| msgid "Gateway" msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "IP adresa brány" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#| msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "Předsdílený klíč" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#| msgid "&Set" msgid "Set" msgstr "Nastavit" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#| msgid "Show &Next" msgid "Show key" msgstr "Zobrazit klíč" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#| msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "Pár certifikát/klíč pro brány" @@ -82,6 +87,7 @@ #. Remove the selected EAP user. #. Remove the selected XAuth user. #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#| msgid "Please select a card to delete first." msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "Vyberte uživatele ke smazání." @@ -91,15 +97,19 @@ msgstr "Předsdílený klíč je povinný. Zadejte předsdílený klíč." #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." -msgstr "Zadejte jak cestu k souboru s certifikátem, tak cestu k souboru s klíčem." +msgstr "" +"Zadejte jak cestu k souboru s certifikátem, tak cestu k souboru s klíčem." #. Event handlers #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "Vyberte soubor s certifikátem v kódování PEM" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "Vyberte soubor s klíčem certifikátu v kódování PEM" @@ -108,10 +118,12 @@ msgstr "Předsdílený klíč brány" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#| msgid "Read certificates" msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "Certifikát brány" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "Cesta k souboru s certifikátem" @@ -122,6 +134,7 @@ msgstr "Vybrat..." #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "Cesta k souboru s klíčem certifikátu" @@ -146,6 +159,7 @@ msgstr "Smazat" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#| msgid "No Password" msgid "Show Password" msgstr "Zobrazit heslo" @@ -155,26 +169,32 @@ #. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#| msgid "Gateway" msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "Brána - PSK" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#| msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "Brána - certifikát" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#| msgid "enable LPD clients" msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "Brána - Mobilní klienti" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer" msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "Brána - Windows klienti" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#| msgid "Client &Key" msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "Klient - PSK" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#| msgid "&Client Certificate" msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Klient - certifikát" @@ -185,10 +205,12 @@ "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." msgstr "" "Se soubory ipsec.conf a ipsec.secrets bylo manipulováno mimo tento modul.\n" -"Pokud budete pokračovat v práci s tímto modulem, budou externí úpravy odstraněny." +"Pokud budete pokračovat v práci s tímto modulem, budou externí úpravy " +"odstraněny." #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#| msgid "Configuration name '%1' is already in use" msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "Název spojení se již používá." @@ -212,6 +234,7 @@ #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#| msgid "The server name is already in configured." msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Uživatelské jméno je již použito." @@ -231,6 +254,7 @@ msgstr "Globální konfigurace" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "Povolit démona VPN" @@ -239,6 +263,7 @@ msgstr "Omezit TCP MSS" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#| msgid "All Patches" msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "Všechna VPN připojení" @@ -247,10 +272,12 @@ msgstr "Nová VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#| msgid "Delete " msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "Smazat VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#| msgid "Connection Settings" msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "Zobrazit stav připojení" @@ -258,23 +285,32 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " +"will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Pokud mají VPN klienti potíže s přístupem na určité Internetové stránky, je možné, že dotčení hostitelé předchází automatickému MTU (maximum transmission unit) objevování kvůli špatnému nastavení firewallu.\n" -"Omezení TCP-MSS tuto situaci napraví; ačkoliv dostupná šířka pásma bude omezena o asi 10%." +"Pokud mají VPN klienti potíže s přístupem na určité Internetové stránky, je " +"možné, že dotčení hostitelé předchází automatickému MTU (maximum transmission " +"unit) objevování kvůli špatnému nastavení firewallu.\n" +"Omezení TCP-MSS tuto situaci napraví; ačkoliv dostupná šířka pásma bude " +"omezena o asi 10%." #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#| msgid "- Close connection" msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "Smazat spojení" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: " msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "Jste si jisti, že chcete smazat spojení " #. Check for incomplete configuration #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +#| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "Dokončete konfiguraci pro následující spojení:\n" @@ -289,6 +325,7 @@ #. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#| msgid "Configuration has been successfully saved." msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "Nastavení bylo úspěšně aplikováno." @@ -297,6 +334,7 @@ msgstr "Selhala konfigurace démona IPSec." #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "Chtěli byste vidět záznam démona a stav připojení?" @@ -325,6 +363,7 @@ msgstr "Všechny IPv4 sítě (0.0.0.0/0)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +#| msgid "All networks" msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Všechny IPv6 sítě (::/0)" @@ -333,6 +372,7 @@ msgstr "Omezené CIDRy, oddělené čárkou:" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#| msgid "Connection Management" msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Název spojení:" @@ -341,14 +381,17 @@ msgstr "Typ" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#| msgid "Master Server" msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Brána (server)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#| msgid "Clients" msgid "Client" msgstr "Klient" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#| msgid "Choose Scenario" msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "Scénář je" @@ -357,6 +400,7 @@ msgstr "Zabezpečené spojení s předsdíleným klíčem" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#| msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Zabezpečené spojení s certifikátem" @@ -369,6 +413,7 @@ msgstr "Poskytnout přístup klientům se systémem Windows 7, Windows 8" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#| msgid "External credentials" msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "Upravit pověření" @@ -381,6 +426,7 @@ msgstr "Adresní rozsah klientů (např. 192.168.100.0/24)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication" msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "Tato brána vyžaduje ověření" @@ -389,10 +435,12 @@ msgstr "Předsdíleným klíčem" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#| msgid "Read certificates" msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Certifikátem" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP" msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "IP adresa VPN brány" @@ -402,6 +450,7 @@ #. They are however allowed in password #: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#| msgid "Please enter a password" msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Zadejte jak uživatelské jméno tak i heslo." @@ -415,11 +464,13 @@ #. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. #: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#| msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "Zadejte název nového VPN spojení" #. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. #: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#| msgid "Enter the connection name." msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "Zadejte název VPN spojení." @@ -435,24 +486,30 @@ #. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "Cesta k souboru s certifikátem:" #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "Cesta k souboru s klíčem certifikátu:" #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "Neukládejte klíč v samotném souboru s certifikátem." #. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." -msgstr "Zadejte jak cestu k souboru s certifikátem, tak cestu k souboru s klíčem." +msgstr "" +"Zadejte jak cestu k souboru s certifikátem, tak cestu k souboru s klíčem." #. Return password string. #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#| msgid "Please enter a password" msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "Zadejte heslo." @@ -462,15 +519,21 @@ msgstr "Protokoly jsou automaticky obnovovány každé 3 sekundy." #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "Restartovat VPN démona" #. Restart IPSec daemon service. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#| msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "Potvrdit restart démona" #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#| msgid "" +#| "Existing file %1\n" +#| "can be part of new volume set and it can be rewritten.\n" +#| "Do you wish to continue?" msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -479,26 +542,31 @@ "Přejete si pokračovat?" #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#| msgid "Unable to restart the lpd daemon." msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "Selhal restart démona IPsec" #. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#| msgid "Smart is not available for this disk." msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "Stav není dostupný: běží ten démon?" #. Install packages #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "Selhala instalace balíčků pro IPSec." #. Enable/disable daemon #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#| msgid "Unable to restart the lpd daemon." msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Selhalo spuštění démona IPsec." #. Configure IP forwarding #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +#| msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "Selhalo použití nastavení předávání IP adres pomocí sysctl:" @@ -512,25 +580,30 @@ "Aby VPN fungovalo správně, bude SuSE firewall nyní aktivován." #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Selhal restart SuSE firewallu." #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" "Jak VPN brána, tak i klienti, vyžadují speciální konfiguraci SuSE firewallu.\n" -"SuSE firewall není povolen, takže musíte konfigurační skript spouštět ručně po každém spuštění systému. Tento skript bude nyní spuštěn.\n" +"SuSE firewall není povolen, takže musíte konfigurační skript spouštět ručně " +"po každém spuštění systému. Tento skript bude nyní spuštěn.\n" "Skript se nachází v %s" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#| msgid "Global Settings" msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Globální nastavení VPN" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#| msgid "Enable VPN Services" msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "Povolit démona VPN (IPSec): %s" @@ -539,6 +612,7 @@ msgstr "Omezit TCP MSS na 1024: %s" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#| msgid "Create Client Connection" msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Brána a spojení" @@ -549,5 +623,8 @@ #. Client summary #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#| msgid "Read current connection setup" msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Klient se připojuje k " + +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94212 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cy/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Nov '15

03 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:13 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94212 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po 2015-11-03 12:56:12 UTC (rev 94211) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/cy/po/packager.cy.po 2015-11-03 12:56:13 UTC (rev 94212) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-13 15:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "Name" @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." @@ -546,23 +546,23 @@ msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Peidio â Derbyn" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "&Lawrlwytho" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "Default" msgstr "Rhag&osod" @@ -570,83 +570,66 @@ #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "anhysbys" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" msgstr "anhysbys" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "URL: %1" -msgid "Raw URL: %s" -msgstr "URL: %1" - #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "anhysbys" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Cyfeiriadur dewisiedig: %1" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 #, fuzzy msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Rhag&osod" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 #, fuzzy msgid "All services" msgstr "Aros gwasanaethau" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Gwasanaeth %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 -msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" -msgstr "" - #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "View" msgstr "&Gweld y Ffeil Cofnod" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "Priority" msgstr "&Peidio â Derbyn" @@ -654,7 +637,7 @@ #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Alluogir" @@ -663,109 +646,109 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 #, fuzzy msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Cyfred&oli" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 msgid "Service" msgstr "Gwasanaeth" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 #, fuzzy msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "&Amnewid" #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 #, fuzzy msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "&Cychwyn / Aros" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Enw Gweinydd:" #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 #, fuzzy msgid "Properties" msgstr "Cynnydd" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "Alluogir" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 #, fuzzy msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&Peidio â Derbyn" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Cyfred&oli" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" @@ -775,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -784,7 +767,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -797,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" @@ -807,31 +790,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" @@ -840,7 +823,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -848,20 +831,20 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Ceisio eto" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Ata&l Gosodiad" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" @@ -869,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr "Ata&l Gosodiad" #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" @@ -879,47 +862,47 @@ "%1." #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" @@ -927,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" @@ -935,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad" #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -944,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 #, fuzzy msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion." @@ -1391,50 +1374,50 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Ychwanegu c&yfeiriadur" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Rhag&osod" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Ffurweddiad" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Ychwanegu c&yfeiriadur" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Creu pwyntiau gosod" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "Rhag&osod" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1446,7 +1429,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -1455,19 +1438,19 @@ msgstr "Methu creu'r cyfeiriadur '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1480,21 +1463,21 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Ni chafodd pecyn %1 ei arsefydlu. Ni ellir golygu'r gwasanaeth." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgid "" @@ -1504,65 +1487,65 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Methu ymholi ar gyfer diweddariadau." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "URL: %1" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Dewis Cywiriadau â &Llaw" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Rhowch y data cofrestru." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Rhowch y data cofrestru." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Methu creu'r cyfeiriadur '%1'." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94210 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Nov '15

03 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:11 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94210 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:18+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -24,7 +24,8 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." +msgstr "" +"Executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -124,8 +125,11 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema actual" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema " +"actual" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -153,22 +157,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el camí\n" -"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació especificada." +"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el " +"camí\n" +"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació " +"especificada." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els permisos dels fitxers.\n" -"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos poden ser una\n" -"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que representa\n" +"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els " +"permisos dels fitxers.\n" +"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos " +"poden ser una\n" +"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que " +"representa\n" "el patró de bits dels nous permisos." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -242,13 +254,17 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses aplicacions i serveis\n" +"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses " +"aplicacions i serveis\n" "que s'hagi de copiar íntegrament al sistema instal·lat, per exemple, si\n" -"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració httpd.conf." +"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració " +"httpd.conf." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." @@ -273,7 +289,8 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "Configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" +msgstr "" +"Configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unsupported sections of the profile @@ -290,7 +307,8 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Si us plau, useu, p. e., <scripts/> o <files/> per canviar-ne la configuració." +"Si us plau, useu, p. e., <scripts/> o <files/> per canviar-ne la " +"configuració." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile @@ -301,13 +319,16 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " +"YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" -"Aquestes seccions del perfil d'AutoYaST no es poden processar en aquest sistema:\n" +"Aquestes seccions del perfil d'AutoYaST no es poden processar en aquest " +"sistema:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Pot ser que no estiguin ben escrites o que el vostre perfil no contingui tots els paquets necessaris del YaST a la secció <software/>." +"Pot ser que no estiguin ben escrites o que el vostre perfil no contingui " +"tots els paquets necessaris del YaST a la secció <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -517,7 +538,8 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." +msgstr "" +"Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -681,10 +703,12 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els missatges d'instal·lació,\n" +"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els " +"missatges d'instal·lació,\n" "a més de registrar-los o mostrar-los (amb temps d'espera). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -693,7 +717,8 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "És recomanable mostrar tots els missatges amb el temps d'espera.\n" -"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han d'ignorar.\n" +"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han " +"d'ignorar.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -708,12 +733,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a Detallat per\n" +"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a " +"Detallat per\n" "a afegir més seleccions i paquets complementaris.\n" "\n" @@ -725,8 +752,11 @@ msgstr "Ubicació de la font d'instal·lació (com http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu aquesta opció)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu " +"aquesta opció)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -741,29 +771,37 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Tipus de declaració a /etc/fstab:\n" "\tNormalment els sistemes de fitxers a muntar es defineixen a /etc/fstab\n" -"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que és més convenient\n" -"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" -"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" +"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que " +"és més convenient\n" +"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de " +"fitxers\n" +"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " +"inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" +"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. " +"En general, només\n" "\t és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "\t L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" "\t" @@ -864,7 +902,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers vàlid\n" +"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers " +"vàlid\n" "Seleccioneu-ne un per continuar.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -933,8 +972,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/" +"boot\" o \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1001,9 +1043,12 @@ "No s'ha trobat ni obtingut cap perfil per a aquest ordinador.\n" "Comproveu que heu especificat la ubicació correcta a\n" "la línia d'ordres i torneu-ho a provar. A causa d'aquest error, només\n" -"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu utilitzant\n" -"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de reiniciar\n" -"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de control.\n" +"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu " +"utilitzant\n" +"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de " +"reiniciar\n" +"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de " +"control.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1039,7 +1084,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi \"&product;.\n" +"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi " +"\"&product;.\n" "" #. force help text width @@ -1112,7 +1158,9 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de control. \n" +msgstr "" +"Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de " +"control. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1227,7 +1275,8 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de pertànyer\n" +"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de " +"pertànyer\n" "el fitxer de control actual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1404,8 +1453,12 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema actual?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema " +"actual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 @@ -1419,8 +1472,11 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 @@ -1559,11 +1615,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "S'ha importat el fitxer Kickstart.\n" -"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i les\n" +"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i " +"les\n" "particions s'han importat correctament." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1693,25 +1751,32 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma predeterminada\n" -"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema durant\n" -"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la pantalla \n" -"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per fer una instal·lació automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" +"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma " +"predeterminada\n" +"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema " +"durant\n" +"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la " +"pantalla \n" +"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per fer una instal·lació " +"automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode manual\n" +"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode " +"manual\n" "després de la primera arrencada (després de la instal·lació del paquet).\n" "\n" @@ -1748,7 +1813,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" +msgstr "" +"Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1855,12 +1921,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord amb el DTD i\n" -"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" +"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord " +"amb el DTD i\n" +"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en " +"manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" "es poden ignorar, per exemple, quan es creen classes.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1881,19 +1950,24 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de configuració.\n" +"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de " +"configuració.\n" "Les dades importades es carregaran al sistema de gestió de la configuració \n" -"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE.\n" +"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" "Per a crear un perfil de referència, aquesta eina llegeix\n" -"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de llegir\n" -"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets.\n" +"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de " +"llegir\n" +"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1901,10 +1975,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al sistema de destinació.\n" +"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al " +"sistema de destinació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1942,7 +2018,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Si no s'ha definit cap partició i el disc indicat també és el \n" @@ -1962,40 +2039,58 @@ msgstr "Opcions avançades" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions " +"noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 " +"creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es " +"pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden configurar\n" -"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de control de forma manual.\n" +"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden " +"configurar\n" +"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de " +"control de forma manual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la configuració\n" -"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear particions LVM i RAID\n" +"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la " +"configuració\n" +"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear " +"particions LVM i RAID\n" "sense formatar.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha " +"retornat el codi %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha " +"retornat el codi %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 @@ -2075,20 +2170,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts anteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la instal·lació. \n" +"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la " +"instal·lació. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts posteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha acabat\n" +"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha " +"acabat\n" "la instal·lació. Aquests scripts s'executen fora de l'entorn chroot.\n" "" @@ -2100,7 +2198,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2108,8 +2207,10 @@ "<H3>Scripts Chroot</H3>\n" "Per a executar els scripts posteriors a la instal·lació a l'entorn\n" "chroot, seleccioneu les opcions de l'script chroot. Aquests scripts\n" -"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els scripts \n" -"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del sistema \n" +"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els " +"scripts \n" +"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del " +"sistema \n" "instal·lat, utilitzeu sempre el punt de muntatge \"/mnt\" als scripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2118,13 +2219,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Podeu executar els scripts chroot en una fase posterior quan\n" -"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana especial \"chrooted\".\n" +"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana " +"especial \"chrooted\".\n" "Aquesta operació permet executar els scripts al sistema instal·lat. \n" "\n" @@ -2154,13 +2257,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Intèrpret:</H3>\n" -"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" +"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts " +"d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" " Python per als scripts anteriors a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" @@ -2170,32 +2275,43 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Accés a la xarxa:</H3>\n" -"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa s'inhabilita i\n" +"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa " +"s'inhabilita i\n" "requereix l'inici dels scripts per fer que la xarxa estigui disponible. Una\n" -"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" -"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. Si heu fet una instal·lació\n" -"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior a la instal·lació.\n" +"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és " +"utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" +"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. " +"Si heu fet una instal·lació\n" +"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior " +"a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Retroacció i depuració:</H3>\n" -"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" -"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que us poden ajudar\n" +"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un " +"quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" +"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que " +"us poden ajudar\n" "a depurar l'script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2283,12 +2399,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar la instal·lació\n" -"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la instal·lació.\n" +"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar " +"la instal·lació\n" +"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la " +"instal·lació.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2308,15 +2427,21 @@ #. @return [void] #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" -msgstr "S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML notifica:\n" +msgstr "" +"S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML " +"notifica:\n" #. Merge Rule results #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de " +"l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2329,8 +2454,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No s'han pogut recuperar les classes definides en funció de l'usuari.\n" -"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" -"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb el fitxer de control original\n" +"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són " +"disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" +"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb " +"el fitxer de control original\n" "sense utilitzar les classes.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2395,14 +2522,18 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics als disponibles\n" -"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el sistema, es recullen les dades\n" +"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics " +"als disponibles\n" +"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el " +"sistema, es recullen les dades\n" "introduïdes i s'exporten al fitxer de control que es pot utilitzar per\n" "a instal·lar un altre sistema mitjançant l'AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2410,11 +2541,13 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "A més dels mòduls existents i coneguts,\n" -"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i complexes, incloses\n" +"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i " +"complexes, incloses\n" "les particions, les opcions generals i el programari.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. @@ -2533,13 +2666,17 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no existeix." +msgstr "" +"No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no " +"existeix." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, proporcioneu-ne un." +msgstr "" +"El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, " +"proporcioneu-ne un." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2628,16 +2765,24 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. " +"Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Creant la imatge - instal·lant els paquets" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu " +"el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 @@ -2649,14 +2794,18 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "Ara podeu fer canvis a la imatge a %1/\n" -"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a ser modificada." +"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a " +"ser modificada." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /" +"tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2669,7 +2818,8 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "no s'ha pogut obtenir el fitxer directory.yast a `%1`.\n" -"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no existeix." +"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no " +"existeix." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 @@ -2697,10 +2847,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" +"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un " +"fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" "Si premeu el botó d'acord, es crearà la imatge ISO." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2742,13 +2894,21 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la " +"secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al disc dur. Falten %1 MB" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al " +"disc dur. Falten %1 MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2777,7 +2937,8 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "S'han trobat diverses particions arrel. No s'ha configurat\n" -"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" +"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a " +"terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 @@ -2795,7 +2956,9 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." -msgstr "Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues vegades." +msgstr "" +"Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues " +"vegades." #. Save sections of current profile to separate files #. @@ -2810,7 +2973,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] #: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." -msgstr "Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." +msgstr "" +"Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." #. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 @@ -2827,7 +2991,8 @@ msgstr "D'&acord" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Configura el nivell d'execució" @@ -2850,18 +3015,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " +#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " +#~ "no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " +#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " +#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " +#~ "AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Introduïu la informació de la partició segons les vostres\n" -#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" +#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el " +#~ "número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el " +#~ "recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les " +#~ "particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de " +#~ "la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup " +#~ "de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la documentació en línia.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2915,17 +3090,23 @@ #~ msgstr "Introduïu la mida de la partició o el número d'una partició." #~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." -#~ msgstr "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " +#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " +#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en aquelles particions.\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, " +#~ "assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició " +#~ "d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en " +#~ "aquelles particions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -95,13 +95,18 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada \n" -"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n" -"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i tot\n" +"Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició " +"de l'arrencada \n" +"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador " +"d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n" +"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i " +"tot\n" "si el carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat a l'MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -122,10 +127,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Temps d'espera en segons \n" -"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es carregui el nucli predeterminat.\n" +"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es " +"carregui el nucli predeterminat.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -137,109 +144,156 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" " Si premeu Defineix com a predeterminat, la secció\n" -"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada mostrarà \n" -"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un altre\n" -"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n" -"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les seccions en\n" -"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall.\n" +"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador " +"d'arrencada mostrarà \n" +"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un " +"altre\n" +"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el " +"temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n" +"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les " +"seccions en\n" +"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall</" +"b>.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"<big>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR per reemplaçar el registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del sistema operatiu que\n" +"<big>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR per reemplaçar el " +"registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del " +"sistema operatiu que\n" "arrenca la partició activa)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada és una de les opcions recomanades, l'altra és\n" +"Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada és una de les opcions " +"recomanades, l'altra és\n" "Arrenca des de la partició arrel." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +"another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"L'opció Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre no es recomana si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n" +"L'opció Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre no es recomana " +"si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n" "a l'ordinador." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició arrel és l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició\n" -"apropiada. Seleccioneu Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada i Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR\n" -" a Opcions del carregador d'arrencada per a actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" +"Arrenca des de la partició arrel és l'opció recomanada sempre que " +"hi hagi una partició\n" +"apropiada. Seleccioneu Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de " +"particions per a la partició de l'arrencada i Escriu el codi " +"d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR\n" +" a Opcions del carregador d'arrencada per a actualitzar el registre " +"d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" "per a iniciar la secció." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició ampliada s'hauria de seleccionar si la partició d'arrel \n" +"Arrenca des de la partició ampliada s'hauria de seleccionar si la " +"partició d'arrel \n" "es troba en una partició lògica i falta la partició /boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "L'opció Partició d'arrencada personalitzada us permet seleccionar la partició des d'on arrencar." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Partició d'arrencada personalitzada us permet seleccionar " +"la partició des d'on arrencar." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. Activar la redundància per a la taula MD\n" +"Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. Activar la redundància per a la " +"taula MD\n" "permet escriure el GRUB a l'MBR dels dos discs." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a utilitzar\n" -"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info grub2</code>) per a més detalls." +"Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a " +"utilitzar\n" +"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info " +"grub2</code>) per a més detalls." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +"code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definició de terminal \n" -"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu usar. Per a un terminal de sèrie (p. e. una consola de sèrie),\n" -"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a l'ordre,\n" +"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu usar. Per a un terminal de sèrie (p. " +"e. una consola de sèrie),\n" +"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</" +"code> a l'ordre,\n" "com a <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en què premeu\n" "qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com a terminal GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"L'opció Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada conté una llista de números de secció\n" -"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no arrenqui." +"L'opció Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada conté " +"una llista de números de secció\n" +"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no " +"arrenqui." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Si se selecciona Oculta el menú a l'arrencada, s'ocultarà el menú d'arrencada." +msgstr "" +"Si se selecciona Oculta el menú a l'arrencada, s'ocultarà el menú " +"d'arrencada." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Protegeix el carregador d'arrencada amb contrasenya \n" -"A l'arrencada, la modificació o fins i tot la càrrega de qualsevol entrada requerirà la contrasenya. Si hi ha marcat Només protegeix la modificació de l'entrada, no es restringeix la càrrega de cap entrada però modificar-ne sí (aquesta és la manera com el GRUB 1 es comportava). El YaST només acceptarà la contrasenya si la repetiu a Torneu escriure la contrasenya." +"A l'arrencada, la modificació o fins i tot la càrrega de qualsevol entrada " +"requerirà la contrasenya. Si hi ha marcat Només protegeix la modificació " +"de l'entrada, no es restringeix la càrrega de cap entrada però modificar-" +"ne sí (aquesta és la manera com el GRUB 1 es comportava). El YaST només " +"acceptarà la contrasenya si la repetiu a Torneu escriure la contrasenya</" +"b>." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -262,7 +316,9 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició d'arrencada" +msgstr "" +"Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició " +"d'arrencada" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 @@ -428,20 +484,38 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "L'opció Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli permet definir els paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli permet definir els " +"paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "L'opció Mode Vga defineix el mode VGA per a la consola que ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +"console to when booting." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Mode Vga defineix el mode VGA per a la consola que " +"ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatiusper mitjà de l'os-prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatiusper mitjà de l'os-" +"prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "La Bandera MBR protectora és un paràmetre només per a experts, que només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu \"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"La Bandera MBR protectora és un paràmetre només per a experts, que " +"només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu " +"\"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" @@ -531,7 +605,9 @@ #. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de manera adient." +msgstr "" +"Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de " +"manera adient." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 @@ -543,7 +619,9 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador d'arrencada." +msgstr "" +"La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador " +"d'arrencada." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 @@ -657,13 +735,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +"current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +"reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Amb el botó Altres,\n" -"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" -"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de zero o\n" +"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador " +"d'arrencada,\n" +"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de " +"zero o\n" "tornar a llegir la configuració desada al disc. %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -672,7 +754,8 @@ "To edit boot loader configuration files\n" "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." msgstr "" -"Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" +"Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador " +"d'arrencada,\n" "premeu Edita els fitxers de configuració." #. help 1/4 @@ -689,7 +772,9 @@ msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." -msgstr "Premeu Edita per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció seleccionada." +msgstr "" +"Premeu Edita per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció " +"seleccionada." #. help 3/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 @@ -701,13 +786,17 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -"En prémer Defineix com a opció predeterminada, la secció seleccionada \n" -"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada \n" +"En prémer Defineix com a opció predeterminada, la secció " +"seleccionada \n" +"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador " +"d'arrencada \n" "mostra un menú d'arrencada i espera que l'usuari \n" "seleccioni el nucli o un altre sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es\n" "prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà el \n" -"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les seccions\n" -"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall." +"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les " +"seccions\n" +"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall</" +"B>." #. help 4/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 @@ -715,7 +804,8 @@ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." msgstr "" -"Premeu Afegeix per crear una nova secció del carregador d'arrencada,\n" +"Premeu Afegeix per crear una nova secció del carregador " +"d'arrencada,\n" "o bé, Suprimeix per suprimir la secció seleccionada." #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 @@ -747,16 +837,19 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" +"b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Al Sector d'arrencada de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</tt> (arrel) \n" +"- Al Sector d'arrencada de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</" +"tt> (arrel) \n" ". És l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició apropiada\n" ". Seleccioneu Activa la partició del carregador d'arrencada i\n" -"Reemplaça l'MBR per codi genèric a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada\n" +"Reemplaça l'MBR per codi genèric a Detalls d'instal·lació del " +"carregador d'arrencada\n" "per actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre,\n" "si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" "per iniciar &product;." @@ -769,7 +862,8 @@ "when selecting this option." msgstr "" "\n" -"- A Altres particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del sistema\n" +"- A Altres particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del " +"sistema\n" "en seleccionar aquesta opció." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 @@ -782,7 +876,8 @@ msgstr "" "Per exemple, la major part dels ordinadors tenen un límit de BIOS\n" "que limita l'arrencada a\n" -"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada utilizat,\n" +"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada " +"utilizat,\n" "podreu o no arrencar des d'una partició lògica." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 @@ -793,7 +888,8 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> o\n" +"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</" +"tt> o\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) al camp d'entrada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -804,8 +900,10 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada \n" -"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com ara el mapa\n" -"del dispositiu), feu clic a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada." +"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com " +"ara el mapa\n" +"del dispositiu), feu clic a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador " +"d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 @@ -815,7 +913,8 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Tipus de carregador de l'arrencada \n" -"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu instal·lar,\n" +"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu " +"instal·lar,\n" "feu servir Carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -826,7 +925,8 @@ "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada \n" -"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, feu clic a\n" +"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, " +"feu clic a\n" "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -837,18 +937,21 @@ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." msgstr "" "Configuració manual avançada \n" -"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador d'arrencada.\n" +"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador " +"d'arrencada.\n" "Nota: el fitxer de configuració final pot tenir un sagnat diferent." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +"section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Nom de la secció \n" -"Utilitzeu Nom de la secció per especificar el nom de la secció del carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n" +"Utilitzeu Nom de la secció per especificar el nom de la secció del " +"carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n" "de secció ha de ser únic." #. help text 1/5 @@ -877,7 +980,8 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Secció d'imatge per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres imatges\n" +"Seleccioneu Secció d'imatge per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres " +"imatges\n" "per carregar i iniciar." #. help text 4/5 @@ -886,7 +990,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una altra imatge,\n" +"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una " +"altra imatge,\n" "però que s'iniciï en un entorn XEN." #. help text 5/5 @@ -897,17 +1002,20 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu Un altre sistema (carregador en cadena) per afegir\n" -"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc.\n" +"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del " +"disc.\n" "Serveix per arrencar altres sistemes operatius." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu el Menú de secció per afegir una secció que\n" -"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix per\n" +"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix " +"per\n" "arrencar altres sistemes operatius." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -960,7 +1068,8 @@ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost.\n" msgstr "" -"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada sense desar-la?\n" +"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada " +"sense desar-la?\n" "Es perdran tots els canvis.\n" #. error popup @@ -982,7 +1091,8 @@ #. sentence. #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n" +msgstr "" +"%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n" #. error popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 @@ -1033,8 +1143,11 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les particions." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les " +"particions." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1058,13 +1171,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "La partició personalitzada del carregador d'arrencada seleccionada %s ja no està disponible." +msgstr "" +"La partició personalitzada del carregador d'arrencada seleccionada %s ja no " +"està disponible." #. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and #. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "La ubicació seleccionada del carregador d'arrencada %{path} ja no és al dispositiu %{device}." +msgstr "" +"La ubicació seleccionada del carregador d'arrencada %{path} ja no és al " +"dispositiu %{device}." #. Finish client for bootloader configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 @@ -1105,45 +1222,78 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible " +"que el sistema no pugui arrencar." #. error in the proposal #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les particions" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les " +"particions" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not " +"install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" +"\">install</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=" +"\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=" +"\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" +"\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita " +"arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no " +"sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 @@ -1185,36 +1335,60 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador %2" +msgstr "" +"Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador " +"%2" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers " +"btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-" +"ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com " +"a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà." +msgstr "" +"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR." +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra " +"ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR." #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada." +msgstr "" +"Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada." #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "La bandera d'activació no l'ha establerta l'instal·lador. Si no n'hi ha cap d'establerta, algunes BIOS podrien refusar l'arrencada." +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" +"La bandera d'activació no l'ha establerta l'instal·lador. Si no n'hi ha cap " +"d'establerta, algunes BIOS podrien refusar l'arrencada." #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgstr "L'instal·lador no modificarà l'MBR del disc. Si no és que ja contingui un codi d'arrencada, la BIOS no podrà arrencar el disc." +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" +"L'instal·lador no modificarà l'MBR del disc. Si no és que ja contingui un " +"codi d'arrencada, la BIOS no podrà arrencar el disc." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 @@ -1286,36 +1460,52 @@ msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada" -#~ msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -#~ msgstr "El distribuïdor especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli usat per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to " +#~ "create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El distribuïdor especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli " +#~ "usat per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. " #~ msgid "D&istributor" #~ msgstr "D&istribuïdor" #~ msgid "" #~ "Terminal Definition \n" -#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. " +#~ "a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +#~ "code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " +#~ "which you\n" #~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Definició del terminal \n" -#~ "Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal sèrie (p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n" -#~ "heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a\n" -#~ "l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en el qual\n" +#~ "Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal " +#~ "sèrie (p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n" +#~ "heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</" +#~ "code> a\n" +#~ "l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en " +#~ "el qual\n" #~ "premeu qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com un terminal GRUB." #~ msgid "" #~ "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST " +#~ "will only accept the password if you repeat\n" #~ "it in Retype Password." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Contrasenya per a la interfície del menú del carregador \n" -#~ "Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú d'arrencada. El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n" +#~ "Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú " +#~ "d'arrencada. El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n" #~ "a l'opció Repeteix la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli permet definir els paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli permet definir " +#~ "els paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli." #~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" #~ msgstr "Paràmetre opcional de línia d'ordre del nucli a prova de &fallades" @@ -1336,7 +1526,9 @@ #~ msgstr "No s'ha trobat la secció %1" #~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia d'ordres" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia " +#~ "d'ordres" #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Cal especificar el nom de la sessió." @@ -1348,17 +1540,25 @@ #~ msgstr "Menú d'arrencada" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Usa el Grub de confiança significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' i usar-lo. L'opció Fitxer de Menú Gràfic s'ignorarà.\n" +#~ "Usa el Grub de confiança significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' " +#~ "i usar-lo. L'opció Fitxer de Menú Gràfic s'ignorarà.\n" #~ "És recomanable instal·lar el Grub a l'MBR" -#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Fitxer del menú gràfic defineix el fitxer que s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " +#~ "boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Fitxer del menú gràfic defineix el fitxer que " +#~ "s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada." #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -#~ msgstr "Habilita senyals acústics Activa o desactiva els senyals acústics" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Habilita senyals acústics Activa o desactiva els senyals " +#~ "acústics" #~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" #~ msgstr "Usa Grub &fiable" @@ -1473,7 +1673,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Rei&nicia la configuració desada abans de la conversió" #~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions" #~ msgid "&Section Management" #~ msgstr "&Gestió de la secció" @@ -1497,7 +1698,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "- A un disquet.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet al\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un " +#~ "mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet " +#~ "al\n" #~ "BIOS de la màquina per poder-la fer servir." #~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." @@ -1521,7 +1724,8 @@ #~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "S'han canviat els paràmetres del disc i heu editat els fitxers\n" -#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres del carregador de l'arrencada.\n" +#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres " +#~ "del carregador de l'arrencada.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" #~ msgstr "No creïs un sistema de fitxers" @@ -1559,50 +1763,91 @@ #~ msgid "Image Section" #~ msgstr "Secció d'imatge" -#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Imatge del nucli defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció Navega." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " +#~ "directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Imatge del nucli defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. " +#~ "Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció " +#~ "Navega." -#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al nucli com a dispositiu arrel." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " +#~ "device." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al " +#~ "nucli com a dispositiu arrel." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Disc RAM d'inici, si no és buida, permet definir el disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer\n" +#~ "L'opció Disc RAM d'inici, si no és buida, permet definir el " +#~ "disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom " +#~ "de fitxer\n" #~ "directament o bé escollir-los amb Navega.\n" -#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu Secció Chainloader si voleu definir una secció per a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " +#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció Chainloader si voleu definir una secció per " +#~ "a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux." -#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." -#~ msgstr "Si s'estableix Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya es necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " +#~ "select this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si s'estableix Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya es " +#~ "necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció" -#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Altres sistemes permet seleccionar entre els sistemes operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " +#~ "systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Altres sistemes permet seleccionar entre els sistemes " +#~ "operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip." -#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a l'arrencada si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per a arrencar-la" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " +#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccioneu Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a " +#~ "l'arrencada si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per " +#~ "a arrencar-la" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " +#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " +#~ "the grub documentation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria dels casos, voleu\n" -#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.\n" +#~ "L'opció Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes " +#~ "permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria " +#~ "dels casos, voleu\n" +#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de " +#~ "la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " +#~ "other image \n" #~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del Xen si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o una altra imatge\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del Xen si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o " +#~ "una altra imatge\n" #~ "i iniciar-los en un entorn XEN.\n" #~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." -#~ msgstr "L'opció Hipervisor especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció Hipervisor especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà." -#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen permeten definir els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " +#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen permeten definir " +#~ "els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran." #~ msgid "Menu Section" #~ msgstr "Secció del menú" @@ -1610,17 +1855,27 @@ #~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" #~ msgstr "Partició del fitxer de menú" -#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " +#~ "is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " +#~ "is loaded menu file." -#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius el Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " +#~ "need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius el " +#~ "Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mesures inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és possible amb els botons: Afegir , \n" +#~ "Mesures inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és " +#~ "possible amb els botons: Afegir , \n" #~ "Editar and Esborrar" #~ msgid "" @@ -1634,30 +1889,37 @@ #~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" #~ "Usually specified in global section" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura \n" +#~ "Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura</" +#~ "b> \n" #~ "Normalment s'especifica a la secció global" #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " +#~ "a\n" #~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció d'abocament per afegir una secció que especifica com\n" -#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu de cinta, o a un\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció d'abocament per afegir una secció que " +#~ "especifica com\n" +#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu " +#~ "de cinta, o a un\n" #~ "fitxer d'una partició de disc SCSI." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del menú per afegir un nou menú a la configuració.\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del menú per afegir un nou menú a la " +#~ "configuració.\n" #~ "Les seccions de menú representen una llista de tasques agrupades.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " +#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Activar SELinuxper afegir els paràmetres necessaris de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Activar SELinuxper afegir els paràmetres necessaris " +#~ "de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n" #~ "Si us plau, tingueu en compte que això també desactivarà l'AppArmor." #~ msgid "Image Section" @@ -1797,20 +2059,37 @@ #~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" #~ msgstr "Proposa i &fusiona amb els menús existents del GRUB " -#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de particions GPT" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de " +#~ "particions GPT" -#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del carregador\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " +#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " +#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs " +#~ "necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, " +#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del " +#~ "carregador\"." #~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #~ msgstr "Paràmetres afegits del nucli: %1" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no arrencar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no " +#~ "arrencar." -#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " +#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de " +#~ "dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader " +#~ "Installation Details\"" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -1857,37 +2136,61 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "_Diagnòstic de proveïdor" -#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del grub a l'MBR)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " +#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " +#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està " +#~ "completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS " +#~ "només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del " +#~ "grub a l'MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " +#~ "range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " +#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " +#~ "configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" -#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és fora de l'abast.\n" -#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre a la configuració del carregador)." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " +#~ "continuar. \n" +#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és " +#~ "fora de l'abast.\n" +#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu " +#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre " +#~ "a la configuració del carregador)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "LILO ja no té suport." -#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " +#~ "system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És " +#~ "possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" -#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita partició primària Apple HFS." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " +#~ "continuar. \n" +#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita " +#~ "partició primària Apple HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" -#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP Boot." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de " +#~ "continuar. \n" +#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP " +#~ "Boot." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Stay &LILO" @@ -1895,8 +2198,11 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Converteix els paràmetres i instal·la el GRUB" -#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" -#~ msgstr "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " +#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "Opcions globals &ELILO" @@ -1926,54 +2232,72 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la informació de l'ELILO\n" +#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la " +#~ "informació de l'ELILO\n" #~ "en cas de tenir problemes en l'arrencada." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " +#~ "nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " +#~ "S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text') \n" -#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes màquines." +#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú " +#~ "de text') \n" +#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes " +#~ "màquines." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " +#~ "TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Evita el mode EDD30 \n" -#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la variable a TRUE.\n" -#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la variable,\n" -#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha una opció per no haver\n" +#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la " +#~ "variable a TRUE.\n" +#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la " +#~ "variable,\n" +#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha " +#~ "una opció per no haver\n" #~ "de forçar la variable.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1983,8 +2307,10 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació \n" -#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt inicial de càrrega del\n" -#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" +#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt " +#~ "inicial de càrrega del\n" +#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el " +#~ "nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2006,7 +2332,8 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Estableix la interfície d'usuari per a ELILO\n" -#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"" +#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2035,8 +2362,10 @@ #~ "A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n" #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)\n" -#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador (chooser)\n" +#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)</" +#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador " +#~ "(chooser)\n" #~ "ho permet." #~ msgid "" @@ -2053,8 +2382,12 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació de la imatge d'arrencada" -#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" -#~ msgstr "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " +#~ "mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " +#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Força el mode interactiu" @@ -2078,7 +2411,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " +#~ "text')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Missatge imprès a la pantalla principal (si s'admet)" @@ -2090,7 +2425,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Evita el mode EDD30" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació" @@ -2117,16 +2453,23 @@ #~ msgstr "Imposeu el muntatge de rootfs de només lectura" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " +#~ "text')" -#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" -#~ msgstr "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " +#~ "Mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " +#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Mostra el contingut d'un fitxer mitjançant les &tecles de funció" #~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load" -#~ msgstr "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]" #~ msgstr "Establiu el nivell d'informació en &text [0-5] " @@ -2175,30 +2518,41 @@ #~ "caperta tindrà la sort de marcar-ho com a arrencable." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " +#~ "nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " +#~ "S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " +#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " +#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" @@ -2212,48 +2566,61 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " +#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partició per a la duplicació del carregador\n" -#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació d'arrencada.\n" +#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació " +#~ "d'arrencada.\n" #~ "Si es dóna aquesta opció, la partició d'arrencada es convertirà a FAT. \n" -#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." +#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots " +#~ "els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " +#~ "in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Canviar el dispositiu d'arrencada NV-RAM\n" -#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" +#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-" +#~ "device\" \n" #~ "amb el camí total OpenFirmware apuntant al dispositiu especificat a\n" #~ "\"boot=\". Si falta aquesta opció, el sistema podria no arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " +#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " +#~ "G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "No fer servir OS-chooser\n" -#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el sistema Apple G5 \n" +#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del " +#~ "Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el " +#~ "sistema Apple G5 \n" #~ "s'estavellarà si no té un monitor connectat." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " +#~ "automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Temps d'espera en segons per a MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" +#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no " +#~ "s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" #~ "si no es prem cap tecla per arrencar MacOS" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " +#~ "format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " +#~ "more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2266,11 +2633,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada fins i tot amb errors\n" -#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari és\n" -#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una configuració no suportada." +#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari " +#~ "és\n" +#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una " +#~ "configuració no suportada." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació del carregador de l'arrencada PPC" @@ -2303,7 +2673,9 @@ #~ msgstr "No feu servir el selector de SO" #~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " +#~ "errors" #~ msgid "PReP or FAT Partition" #~ msgstr "Partició PReP o FAT" @@ -2351,7 +2723,9 @@ #~ msgstr "&Arrenca sempre des de la partició FAT" #~ msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " +#~ "errors" #~ msgid "Boot &Folder Path" #~ msgstr "&Camí de la carpeta d'arrencada" @@ -2466,17 +2840,24 @@ #~ "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n" #~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per carregar\n" +#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per " +#~ "carregar\n" #~ "el sistema, heu de carregar ELILO per mitjà de la consola EFI." -#~ msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" -#~ msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +#~ "\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" +#~ "\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" #~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" #~ msgstr "El carregador LILO està suportat" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no carregar-se." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no " +#~ "carregar-se." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar la plantilla de configuració del maquinari." @@ -2537,7 +2918,9 @@ #~ "<big>Àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada</big> \n" #~ "Fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada evita\n" #~ "que els fitxers del carregador es desplacin durant\n" -#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es carregui\n" +#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es " +#~ "carregui\n" #~ "el carregador de l'arrencada.\n" -#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" +#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu " +#~ "Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" #~ "." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -48,24 +48,34 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " +"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " +"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres repositoris d'actualització.\n" +"Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres repositoris " +"d'actualització.\n" "\n" -"Si els repositoris estan desats al servidor SMT o al servidor SUSE Manager, n'hi ha prou amb introduir l'URL del servidor i els camins\n" -" als repositoris s'emplenaran automàticament.També és possible usar camins personalitzats. Alguns exemples de l'aspecte podria tenir un URL:\n" +"Si els repositoris estan desats al servidor SMT o al servidor SUSE Manager, " +"n'hi ha prou amb introduir l'URL del servidor i els camins\n" +" als repositoris s'emplenaran automàticament.També és " +"possible usar camins personalitzats. Alguns exemples de l'aspecte podria " +"tenir un URL:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "Per a una descripció detallada, mireu la guia de desplegament.\n" "" @@ -78,7 +88,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." -msgstr "Gestioneu noms d'usuari i contrasenyes per a administradors de Crowbar." +msgstr "" +"Gestioneu noms d'usuari i contrasenyes per a administradors de Crowbar.</" +"p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 @@ -88,11 +100,15 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" -"Aquí, definiu un mode de xarxa amb una política de vinculació rellevant.\n" -"També podeu especificar noms d'interfície per a conductes de la xarxa bastió com a llista separada per espais." +"Aquí, definiu un mode de xarxa amb una política de vinculació</" +"b> rellevant.\n" +"També podeu especificar noms d'interfície per a conductes de la xarxa " +"bastió com a llista separada per espais." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -387,8 +403,11 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "Si no hi ha cap usuari, s'usarà l'usuari 'crowbar' amb la contrasenya per defecte." +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "" +"Si no hi ha cap usuari, s'usarà l'usuari 'crowbar' amb la contrasenya per " +"defecte." #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 @@ -536,24 +555,30 @@ #~ "" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" +#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<ul>\n" -#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#~ "i> for SMT server\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres Repositoris d'actualització.\n" +#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres Repositoris " +#~ "d'actualització.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Alguns exemples d'URL:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<ul>\n" -#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ per al servidor SMT\n" -#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… per al servidor SUSE Manager.\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#~ "i> per al servidor SMT\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ per al servidor SUSE Manager.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per a una descripció detallada, consulteu la Guia de desplegament.\n" #~ "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -179,7 +179,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici:</big> \n" -"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" +"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.</" +"p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -221,7 +222,8 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Arrencada:\n" -"\t\t\tmarqueu \"On\" per iniciar el servidor DRBD ara i durant l'arrencada\n" +"\t\t\tmarqueu \"On\" per iniciar el servidor DRBD ara i durant " +"l'arrencada\n" "\t\t\tmarqueu \"Off\", el servidor DRBD s'inicia manualment\n" "\t\tActiveu o desactiveu: On /Off:\n" "\t\t\tIniciar o aturar el servidor DRBD ara mateix\n" @@ -234,78 +236,152 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " +"resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Cliqueu al botó \"Afegeix\", \"Edita\", \"Suprimeix\" per afegir, editar o suprimir un recurs\n" +"Cliqueu al botó \"Afegeix\", \"Edita\", \"Suprimeix\" per afegir, editar " +"o suprimir un recurs\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " +"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " +"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " +"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " +"the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " +"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " +"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " +"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " +"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" +"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" +"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " +"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tEl nom és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió de Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\".\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per dispositiu, que s'usa per esperar que connexions entrants des del dispositiu soci arribin al dispositiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port TCP que s'usa per connectar amb el node del dispositiu soci.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que s'està descrivint. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació (sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc, seguit del seu número menor. Altrament, podeu ometre el nom o la paraula menor i el seu número. Si ometeu el nom, s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" -"\t\tCom ara: \"/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}\" o \"/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}\"\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc realment per desar-hi i recuperar les dades. No accediu mai a un dispositiu com aquest mentre s'executi DRBD al capdamunt.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Intern significa que l'última part del dispositiu de còpia de seguretat s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" +"\t\tEl nom és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió de Linux " +"(uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\".\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per dispositiu, " +"que s'usa per esperar que connexions entrants des del dispositiu soci " +"arribin al dispositiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port TCP que s'usa per " +"connectar amb el node del dispositiu soci.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que " +"s'està descrivint. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació " +"(sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell " +"que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc, seguit del seu número menor. " +"Altrament, podeu ometre el nom o la paraula menor i el seu número. Si ometeu " +"el nom, s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" +"\t\tCom ara: \"/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}\" o \"/" +"dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}\"\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc realment per desar-" +"hi i recuperar les dades. No accediu mai a un dispositiu com aquest mentre " +"s'executi DRBD al capdamunt.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Intern significa que l'última part del " +"dispositiu de còpia de seguretat s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " +"local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " +"was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" +"error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " +"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " +"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " +"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " +"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" +"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " +"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " +"unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " +"packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " +"write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " +"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " +"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " +"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " +"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " +"KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " +"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " +"Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit el disc local i la memòria intermèdia d'enviament TCP local.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit el disc local i la cache de la memòria intermèdia remota.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit el disc local i el disc remot.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit " +"el disc local i la memòria intermèdia d'enviament TCP local.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit " +"el disc local i la cache de la memòria intermèdia remota.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit " +"el disc local i el disc remot.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: espera el temps d'espera de la connexió\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: espera el temps d'espera de la connexió, si aquest node és un clúster degradat\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: espera el temps d'espera de la connexió, si " +"aquest node és un clúster degradat\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: què fer quan el dispostiu de nivell més baix informa d'un io-error als nivells més alts\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: la mida del connector TCP de la memòria d'enviament\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: nombre màxim de peticions per ser assignades pel DRBD\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: què fer quan el dispostiu de nivell més baix " +"informa d'un io-error als nivells més alts\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: la mida del connector TCP de la memòria " +"d'enviament\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: nombre màxim de peticions per ser assignades pel " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: si el node soci falla en enviar un paquet de resposta esperat dins d'una desena part de segon, el node soci és considerat mort i, per tant, la connexió TCP/IP és abandonada. Ha de ser inferior a connect-int i ping-int. El valor per defecte és 60 = 6 segons, la unitat 0.1 segons.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un paquet keep-alive. En cas que la resposta no es rebi en aquest període de temps, és considerat mort. El valor per defecte és 500ms, la unitat per defecte és 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un paquet keep-alive\n" +"\t\ttimeout: si el node soci falla en enviar un paquet de resposta " +"esperat dins d'una desena part de segon, el node soci és considerat mort i, " +"per tant, la connexió TCP/IP és abandonada. Ha de ser inferior a connect-int " +"i ping-int. El valor per defecte és 60 = 6 segons, la unitat 0.1 segons.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un " +"paquet keep-alive. En cas que la resposta no es rebi en aquest període de " +"temps, és considerat mort. El valor per defecte és 500ms, la unitat per " +"defecte és 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un paquet " +"keep-alive\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: el número més alt de blocs de dades entre dues barreres d'escriptura\n" -"\t\tko-count: el node secundari falla en completar una petició d'escriptura simple durant una quantitat del temps d'espera, és expulsat del clúster. El valor per defecte és 0, que inhabilita aquesta característica.\n" -"\t\trate: per assegurar una operació suau de l'apliació damunt de DRBD, és possible limitar l'amplada de banda que pot ser usada per a sincronitzacions en segon pla. Per defecte és 250 KB/s, la unitat per defecte és KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: paràmetre, controleu la grandària que pot arribar a tenir l'àrea activa (hot area) (= active set). El nombre per defecte d'extensions és 127. (Mínim: 7, Màxim: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: el número més alt de blocs de dades entre dues " +"barreres d'escriptura\n" +"\t\tko-count: el node secundari falla en completar una petició " +"d'escriptura simple durant una quantitat del temps d'espera, és expulsat del " +"clúster. El valor per defecte és 0, que inhabilita aquesta característica.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\trate: per assegurar una operació suau de l'apliació damunt de " +"DRBD, és possible limitar l'amplada de banda que pot ser usada per a " +"sincronitzacions en segon pla. Per defecte és 250 KB/s, la unitat per " +"defecte és KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: paràmetre, controleu la grandària que pot arribar " +"a tenir l'àrea activa (hot area) (= active set). El nombre per defecte " +"d'extensions és 127. (Mínim: 7, Màxim: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 @@ -316,23 +392,51 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " +"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t" +"\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " +"layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" -"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the " +"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " +"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " +"from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: " +"According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed " +"automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " +"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " +"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, " +"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " +"Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" "\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tEl fitxer de configuració LVM /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tPer usar LVM amb DRBD, és necessari canviar algunes opcions al fitxer de configuració d'LVM i eliminar entrades de cau antigues als nodes.\t\tVegeu man lvm.conf per a més informació, incloent-hi la disposició del fitxer.\n" +"\t\tPer usar LVM amb DRBD, és necessari canviar algunes opcions al fitxer " +"de configuració d'LVM i eliminar entrades de cau antigues als nodes.\t" +"\tVegeu man lvm.conf per a més informació, incloent-hi la disposició del " +"fitxer.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tFiltre de dispositiu: això emmascara el dispositiu de bloc subjacent de la llista de dispositius que l'LVM escaneja per signatures de volums físics. D'aquesta manera, l'LVM té la instrucció de llegir les signatures de volums físics des de dispositius DRBD, més que no pas des de dispositius de bloc de còpia de seguretat subjacents.\t\tAutofiltre: d'acord amb la configuració de drbd, el filtre LVM sempre es canviarà automàticament. Per canviar-lo manualment, desmarqueu la casella AutoFilter.\n" -"\t\tEl filtre consisteix en un conjunt d'expressions regulars. Aquestes expressions es poden delimitar amb un caràcter triat per vosaltres i prefixat amb o bé una \"a\" (per acceptar) o una \"r\" (per rebutjar).\t\tPer exemple, establir un filtre com a [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tFiltre de dispositiu: això emmascara el dispositiu de bloc " +"subjacent de la llista de dispositius que l'LVM escaneja per signatures de " +"volums físics. D'aquesta manera, l'LVM té la instrucció de llegir les " +"signatures de volums físics des de dispositius DRBD, més que no pas des de " +"dispositius de bloc de còpia de seguretat subjacents.\t" +"\tAutofiltre: d'acord amb la configuració de drbd, el filtre LVM " +"sempre es canviarà automàticament. Per canviar-lo manualment, desmarqueu la " +"casella AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tEl filtre consisteix en un conjunt d'expressions regulars. Aquestes " +"expressions es poden delimitar amb un caràcter triat per vosaltres i " +"prefixat amb o bé una \"a\" (per acceptar) o una \"r\" (per rebutjar).\t" +"\tPer exemple, establir un filtre com a [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: habilita/activa l'escriptura de la cau LVM, és així per defecte. Inhabilita la cau quan es fa desament de xarxa, com ara nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: habilita/activa l'escriptura de la cau LVM, és així " +"per defecte. Inhabilita la cau quan es fa desament de xarxa, com ara nfs. </" +"p>\n" "\n" "\t\t" @@ -341,19 +445,26 @@ msgstr "<big>Configuració global del DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 -msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" -msgstr "Comprova \"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\" per desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm." +msgid "" +"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " +"sanity check" +msgstr "" +"Comprova \"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\" per " +"desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm." #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " +"waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " +"seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Refresca el diàleg: El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats fins ara.\n" +"Refresca el diàleg: El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats " +"fins ara.\n" "Pot ser que volgueu desactivar-ho si teniu la cònsola del servidor\n" "connectada a un port sèrie amb capacitats de registre limitades.\n" "El diàleg mostrarà el recompte cada 'refresca el diàleg' segons,\n" @@ -392,7 +503,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un drbd:</big> \n" "Escolliu un drbd de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" +"b>.\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -403,7 +515,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " +"canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -457,7 +570,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un element</big> \n" -"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal fer-ne la codificació. :-)\n" +"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal fer-ne la " +"codificació. :-)\n" "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -510,7 +624,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." -msgstr "El nom dels nodes no ha d'incloure \".\" , usant el nom d'amfitrió local." +msgstr "" +"El nom dels nodes no ha d'incloure \".\" , usant el nom d'amfitrió local." #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 msgid "Please fill out all fields." @@ -750,21 +865,48 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" -#~ "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -" +#~ "n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, " +#~ "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to " +#~ "reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to " +#~ "connect to the node's partner device.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource " +#~ "being described. You must use this device with your application (file " +#~ "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is " +#~ "specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either " +#~ "omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a " +#~ "default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" +#~ "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/" +#~ "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and " +#~ "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on " +#~ "top of it.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +#~ "backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" #~ "\t\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\tEl \"nom\" és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\" al nom d'amfitrió.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per dispositiu, que s'usa per esperar conneccions d'entrada des del dispostiu interlocutor que arribin al dispostiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port TCP que s'usa per connectar al node del dispositiu interlocutor.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que es descriu. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació (sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc,després del seu número menor. O bé ometeu el nom o el menor i el número menor. Si ometeu el nom s'usarà s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbdminor.\n" -#~ "\t\tAixí: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' o '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc per, de fet, desar i recurperar les dades. Mai no accedeix a un dispositiu així mentre el DRBD s'executa a sobre.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": intern. Intern significa que l'última part del dispostiu de suport s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" +#~ "\t\tEl \"nom\" és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió " +#~ "Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\" al nom " +#~ "d'amfitrió.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per " +#~ "dispositiu, que s'usa per esperar conneccions d'entrada des del dispostiu " +#~ "interlocutor que arribin al dispostiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port " +#~ "TCP que s'usa per connectar al node del dispositiu interlocutor.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que " +#~ "es descriu. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació " +#~ "(sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell " +#~ "que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc,després del seu número menor. O " +#~ "bé ometeu el nom o el menor i el número menor. Si ometeu el nom s'usarà " +#~ "s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbdminor.\n" +#~ "\t\tAixí: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' o '/" +#~ "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc per, de fet, desar " +#~ "i recurperar les dades. Mai no accedeix a un dispositiu així mentre el " +#~ "DRBD s'executa a sobre.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": intern. Intern significa que l'última part del " +#~ "dispostiu de suport s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" #~ "\t\t" #~ msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -108,7 +108,8 @@ msgstr "" "La interfície gràfica no s'ha pogut iniciar.\n" "\n" -"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació mínima),\n" +"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació " +"mínima),\n" "o bé, que la targeta gràfica no s'admeti.\n" "\n" "Com a alternativa, la interfície en mode text del YaST2 us guiarà\n" @@ -180,7 +181,9 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara completa." +msgstr "" +"Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara " +"completa." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 @@ -193,7 +196,8 @@ "Si continueu ara, les particions actuals\n" "del disc dur se suprimiran o es formataran (i s'esborraran\n" "les dades existents en aquestes particions) \n" -"d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg anteriors." +"d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg anteriors.</" +"p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 @@ -203,7 +207,8 @@ "previous dialogs." msgstr "" "Si continueu ara, es modificaran les particions\n" -"del disc dur d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg\n" +"del disc dur d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de " +"diàleg\n" "anteriors." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 @@ -226,7 +231,9 @@ #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa." +msgstr "" +"Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa.</" +"p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 @@ -262,18 +269,25 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria del nucli." +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra " +"de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria " +"del nucli." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -288,19 +302,29 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " +"profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil " +"d'AutoYaST.\n" +"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " +"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " +"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" +"autoinst.xml</tt>." #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "Voleu escriure el perfil d'AutoYaST a /root/autoinst.xml al final de la instal·lació?" +msgstr "" +"Voleu escriure el perfil d'AutoYaST a /root/autoinst.xml al final de la " +"instal·lació?" #. this is a heading #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 @@ -315,8 +339,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no l'escriguis</a>)." +msgid "" +"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" +"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "" +"El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no " +"l'escriguis</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -353,8 +381,12 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació des d'imatges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar " +"la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -365,8 +397,12 @@ msgstr "&No instal·lis des d'imatges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL com a font de la instal·lació" +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL " +"com a font de la instal·lació" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -374,12 +410,20 @@ msgstr "Aquí podeu crear imatges personalitzades.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" -msgstr "Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una imatge aquí" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" +msgstr "" +"Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una " +"imatge aquí" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada durant la instal·lació)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada " +"durant la instal·lació)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -395,7 +439,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" -msgstr "Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" +msgstr "" +"Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -404,23 +449,32 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació més de pressa.\n" -"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat que coincideix amb la selecció\n" -"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des dels paquets\n" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació " +"més de pressa.\n" +"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat " +"que coincideix amb la selecció\n" +"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des " +"dels paquets\n" "de la manera habitual.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" +"installation." msgstr "" -"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" -"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" +"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas " +"complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" +"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt " +"més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" "La resta de tasques es faran igual que a una instal·lació automàtica normal." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 @@ -431,11 +485,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" -"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va crear la imatge." +"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data " +"dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" +"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va " +"crear la imatge." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -477,13 +535,15 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" +msgstr "" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" +msgstr "" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -603,7 +663,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar durant la instal·lació i al\n" +"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar " +"durant la instal·lació i al\n" "sistema instal·lat.\n" "\n" @@ -613,12 +674,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "S'ha d'acceptar la llicència per continuar la instal·lació.\n" -"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les traduccions disponibles.\n" +"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les " +"traduccions disponibles.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -752,20 +815,29 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Utilitzeu Clona si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." +"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " +"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " +"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" +"autoyast.xml</tt>." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui instal·lat." +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui " +"instal·lat." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -806,10 +878,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "S'ha habilitat la depuració.\n" -"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels paquets." +"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels " +"paquets." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -843,8 +917,12 @@ msgstr "&Disc a usar" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les " +"dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -909,12 +987,15 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" +msgstr "" +"S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les actualitzacions?" +msgstr "" +"Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les " +"actualitzacions?" #. check box #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 @@ -1034,24 +1115,31 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Per utilitzar els repositoris remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o l'actualització,\n" +"Per utilitzar els repositoris remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o " +"l'actualització,\n" "seleccioneu Afegeix repositoris en línia abans de la instal·lació." #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el &product; seleccioneu\n" +"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el " +"&product; seleccioneu\n" "Inclou els productes complementaris dels suports independents.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" +"drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, " +"vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1107,10 +1195,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Es necessita una xarxa configurada per utilitzar repositoris remots\n" -"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu repositoris remots, ometeu la configuració.\n" +"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu repositoris remots, ometeu la " +"configuració.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1124,26 +1214,37 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " +"number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " +"ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"Amb Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE ofereix diferents\n" -"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més importants:\n" +"Amb Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE</" +"i> ofereix diferents\n" +"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més " +"importants:\n" "el GNOME i el KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " +"the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o bé un dels patrons d'instal·lació mínima)\n" -"que s'adaptin millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. Més tard a la selecció\n" -"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" -"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." +"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o bé un dels patrons " +"d'instal·lació mínima)\n" +"que s'adaptin millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. " +"Més tard a la selecció\n" +"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o " +"afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" +"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." +"" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1167,7 +1268,8 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." +msgstr "" +"No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1206,8 +1308,10 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema Linux\n" -"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.\n" +"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema " +"Linux\n" +"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.</" +"p>\n" #. informative message in RichText widget #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 @@ -1221,7 +1325,8 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Seleccioneu un escenari que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats.\n" -"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de programari.\n" +"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de " +"programari.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1313,16 +1418,19 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "El YaST sonda el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats ara." +msgstr "" +"El YaST sonda el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats ara." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació." +"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics " +"per a la instal·lació." #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 @@ -1434,10 +1542,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process." msgstr "" "Aquí es mostren tots els repositoris que s'han trobat\n" -"al sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que vulgueu incloure al procés d'actualització." +"al sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que vulgueu incloure al " +"procés d'actualització." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 @@ -1446,7 +1556,8 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Per habilitar, eliminar o inhabilitar un URL, feu clic a\n" -"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula." +"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula.</" +"p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 @@ -1622,7 +1733,8 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Cal realitzar alguns passos abans que el sistema estigui preparat\n" -"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu clic a\n" +"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu " +"clic a\n" "Següent per continuar. \n" " \n" @@ -1749,7 +1861,8 @@ "\n" "Carregant el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec.\n" "\n" -"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de reiniciar.\n" +"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de " +"reiniciar.\n" "Espereu, si us plau.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1801,7 +1914,9 @@ #. to store profile after installation #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al registre." +msgstr "" +"Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al " +"registre." #. message show when user has disabled the configuration #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 @@ -1868,7 +1983,9 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." +msgstr "" +"Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, " +"feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1914,7 +2031,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" +"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la " +"instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" "\n" #. Help text for installation proposal @@ -1922,11 +2040,13 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova " +"amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. so update @@ -1939,7 +2059,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització " +"amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1989,7 +2110,8 @@ "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines virtuals\n" +"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines " +"virtuals\n" "Linux independents al sistema principal." #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -2056,7 +2178,8 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets automàticament\n" +"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets " +"automàticament\n" "S'obrirà el gestor de programari perquè les resolgueu manualment." #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" @@ -2067,8 +2190,10 @@ #~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" #~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es canviïn. Per modificar\n" -#~ "una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.\n" +#~ "L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es " +#~ "canviïn. Per modificar\n" +#~ "una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." #~ msgstr "Iniciant l'entorn d'instal·lació..." @@ -2131,7 +2256,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Desconnectat " #~ msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..." -#~ msgstr "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." #~ msgid "Probing network cards..." #~ msgstr "S'estan detectant les targetes de xarxa..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -47,22 +47,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les imatges abocades" +msgstr "" +"La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les " +"imatges abocades" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només " +"\"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli del kdump." +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli " +"del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." -msgstr "Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada." +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." +msgstr "" +"Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la " +"línia d'ordres predeterminada." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 @@ -77,7 +91,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "Especifica quants abocaments antics s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es conserven tots." +msgstr "" +"Especifica quants abocaments antics s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es " +"conserven tots." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 @@ -91,8 +107,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que " +"inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -127,7 +147,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "El número per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" +msgstr "" +"El número per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 @@ -136,8 +157,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema " +"de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -176,8 +201,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només significa \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només " +"significa \"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -186,8 +215,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. " +"Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -212,7 +245,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" +msgstr "" +"El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 @@ -323,7 +357,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els vells" +msgstr "" +"Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els " +"vells" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 @@ -416,8 +452,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo\"." +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "" +"L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo" +"\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 @@ -739,11 +778,13 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Habilita/Inhabilita el Kdump \n" -" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" +" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre " +"de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" " Per aplicar els canvis cal reiniciar l'ordinador. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -760,10 +801,20 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Abocament de maquinari assistit \n" -" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." +" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es " +"fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari " +"assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a " +"arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu " +"aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és " +"adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -784,37 +835,47 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Format d'abocament \n" " Sense abocament - Només desa el registre del nucli. \n" " Forma tELF - Crea un fitxer d'abocament en format ELF. \n" -" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines amb gzip. \n" -" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més ràpid. \n" +" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines " +"amb gzip. \n" +" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més " +"ràpid. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Destinació del desament de la imatge del Kdump \n" -" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el tipus. " +" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el " +"tipus. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de fitxers local.\n" -" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" +"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de " +"fitxers local.\n" +" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de " +"desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump " +"mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -825,14 +886,18 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant FTP.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor FTP.\n" -" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " +"connexió.\n" +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump.\n" " Habilita l'FTP anònim habilita la connexió anònima al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la connexió ftp. " +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la " +"connexió ftp. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -844,7 +909,8 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la màquina de destinació.\n" +"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la " +"màquina de destinació.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Port - El número de port per a la connexió.\n" " Directori al servidor - El camí per desar les imatges del kdump.\n" @@ -875,7 +941,8 @@ "by default." msgstr "" "La tria entre SSH i SFTP depèn\n" -"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per a ambdós\n" +"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per " +"a ambdós\n" "per defecte." #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 @@ -887,7 +954,8 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Desa la imatge del kdump a l'NFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor nfs.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -902,9 +970,12 @@ "CIFS - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant CIFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Compartició exportada - El nom de compartició del Windows.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la connexió. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " +"kdump.\n" +" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al " +"servidor.\n" +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la " +"connexió. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -913,7 +984,8 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli personalitzat.\n" +"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli " +"personalitzat.\n" " L'esquema de denominació és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz]\n" " Introduïu només cadena_nucli. " @@ -935,7 +1007,8 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " +"d'ordres predeterminada. \n" " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" " \n" @@ -953,11 +1026,14 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles - \n" -" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" -" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " +" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de " +"fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" +" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més " +"vells. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 @@ -976,48 +1052,68 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després d'un abocament." +msgid "" +"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "" +"El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després " +"d'un abocament." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor SMTP està\n" -" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" +"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor " +"SMTP està\n" +" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, " +"es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el servidor SMTP. Això és\n" -" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" +"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el " +"servidor SMTP. Això és\n" +" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà " +"servir SMTP pla.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un " +"missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces electròniques\n" -" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un abocament.\n" +"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces " +"electròniques\n" +" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un " +"abocament.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" +"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es " +"guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" "d'abocament el supera se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1036,7 +1132,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici:</big> \n" -"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" +"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.</" +"p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 @@ -1079,7 +1176,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un Kdump:</big> \n" "Escolliu un kdump de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" +"b>.\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1090,7 +1188,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " +"canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1209,7 +1308,9 @@ #. "KdumpMemory" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "L'opció del nucli inclou alguns intervals o valors redundants. S'ha de reescriure?" +msgstr "" +"L'opció del nucli inclou alguns intervals o valors redundants. S'ha de " +"reescriure?" #. T: Checkbox label #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 @@ -1346,8 +1447,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 -msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." -msgstr "Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha %{available} disponibles." +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" +"Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha " +"%{available} disponibles." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 @@ -1358,8 +1463,10 @@ "No es pot usar l'abocament de maquinari assistit.\n" "No té suport en aquest maquinari." -#~ msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -#~ msgstr "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." #~ msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" #~ msgstr "Memòria total del sistema (en MB):" @@ -1379,8 +1486,12 @@ #~ msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" #~ msgstr "Valor de l'opció crashkernel: %1" -#~ msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" -#~ msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, " +#~ "ssh, nfs, cifs" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer " +#~ "(sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" #~ msgid "SSH (scp)" #~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" @@ -1395,9 +1506,12 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "SSH - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant SSH.\n" #~ " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" -#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" -#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" +#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " +#~ "connexió.\n" +#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges " +#~ "del kdump.\n" +#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. " +#~ "Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "El paquet de les kexec-tools no està disponible." @@ -1411,8 +1525,10 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Format d'abocament \n" -#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de l'abocament individualment.\n" -#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF " +#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de " +#~ "l'abocament individualment.\n" +#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF </" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "No s'admet aquesta arquitectura; no s'ha afegit \"crashkernel\"" @@ -1426,11 +1542,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " +#~ "line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" -#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" +#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " +#~ "d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump</" +#~ "i>.\n" #~ " \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:28+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -53,8 +53,11 @@ msgstr "paquets s'han modificat per resoldre dependències:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb un sistema malmès." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" +"Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb " +"un sistema malmès." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -117,20 +120,36 @@ msgstr "No necessaris" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si estan recomanats per un paquet que s'instal·la." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si " +"estan recomanats per un paquet que s'instal·la." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets " +"ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és possible actualitzar-los." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és " +"possible actualitzar-los." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors ja no s'apliquen." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." +msgstr "" +"Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors " +"ja no s'apliquen." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -163,8 +182,12 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al local %s" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al " +"local %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -373,7 +396,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "&Instal·la ara els paquets recomanats per paquets que ja estan instal·lats" +msgstr "" +"&Instal·la ara els paquets recomanats per paquets que ja estan instal·lats" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -441,7 +465,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " -msgstr "S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" +msgstr "" +"S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" #. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short #. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: @@ -544,7 +569,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr " Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." +msgstr "" +" Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -655,33 +681,96 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a " +"gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir " +"paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un " +"propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les " +"dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho " +"farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts " +"principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú.</" +"p>" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una " +"orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per " +"mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per " +"exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. " +"Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." +"" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de " +"paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre " +"actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). " +"Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del paquet</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del " +"paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió " +"disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió " +"instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del " +"paquet</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú (consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-ne més informació)." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " +"Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu " +"seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu " +"suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També " +"podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú " +"(consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-" +"ne més informació)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, vegeu Funcions útils al menú." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les " +"dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o " +"fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, " +"vegeu Funcions útils al menú." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -690,13 +779,29 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o " +"amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu " +"instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir " +"que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat" +"\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del " +"paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els " +"paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -705,13 +810,30 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> : actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàticai : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" +"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " +"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" +": never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +"+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa" +"+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> </" +"b>: actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàtica</" +"p>i : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el " +"paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües: i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis " +"mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües:" +" i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua</" +"p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -720,28 +842,86 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics es descriuen a sota." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles " +"d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en " +"les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors" +"\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. " +"Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics " +"es descriuen a sota." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un " +"sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). " +"Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), " +"recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un " +"patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i " +"canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica (d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un repositori específic. " +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als " +"patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers " +"específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són " +"contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un " +"grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica " +"(d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un " +"repositori específic. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"" +msgstr "" +"Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de " +"Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com " +"ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si " +"cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció " +"corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no necessaris." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han " +"canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o " +"suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El " +"filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre " +"paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no " +"necessaris." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -749,32 +929,131 @@ msgstr "Funcions útils al menú" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu 'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'." +msgstr "" +"Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions " +"relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es " +"comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de " +"conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. " +"Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu " +"'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, " +"commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu " +"comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les " +"dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les " +"dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no " +"interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los " +"automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de " +"prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al " +"directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre " +"necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu-ho més amunt), Instal·la els paquets recomanats: si s'activa, es tindran en compte les dependències febles, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara dependències de paquets instal·lats i les soluciona immediatament. Atenció: després de comprovar el sistema amb l'opció Verifica el sistema ara, el Mode de verificació del sistema queda activat (desmarqueu l'opció, si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " +"següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu-ho més " +"amunt), Instal·la els paquets recomanats: si s'activa, es tindran en " +"compte les dependències febles, Mode de verificació del sistema: " +"repara dependències de paquets instal·lats i les soluciona immediatament. " +"Atenció: després de comprovar el sistema amb l'opció Verifica el sistema " +"ara, el Mode de verificació del sistema queda activat (desmarqueu " +"l'opció, si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de " +"configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix " +"paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el " +"proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. " +"Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de " +"la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques (versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències (proporciona, requereix, etc.)." +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet " +"seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les " +"opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques " +"(versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), " +"llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències " +"(proporciona, requereix, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després de la instal·lació de paquets." +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " +"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " +"Installation menu." +msgstr "" +"Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la " +"resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el " +"gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-" +"vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de " +"les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de " +"l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles " +"comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després " +"de la instal·lació de paquets." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " +"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la " +"llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i " +"llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot " +"llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer</" +"i>, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al " +"segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra " +"l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc " +"i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -961,7 +1240,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" +msgstr "" +"Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 @@ -971,28 +1251,90 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." +msgstr "" +"Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de " +"seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt " +"instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, " +"normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de " +"característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han d'instal·lar després." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i " +"productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han " +"d'instal·lar després." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per instal·lar." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " +"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen " +"prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es " +"descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu " +"desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments " +"d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per " +"instal·lar." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet (o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els pedaços si no es volen." +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet " +"(o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es " +"preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es " +"desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així " +"perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara " +"està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o " +"paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els " +"pedaços si no es volen." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema. El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per " +"exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. " +"També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per " +"canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat " +"de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu " +"en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a " +"alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets " +"implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema." +" El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i " +"l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1037,8 +1379,12 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons. Segur que voleu sortir?" +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +" Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons." +" Segur que voleu sortir?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 @@ -1086,8 +1432,20 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden fer actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista " +"no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els " +"paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden fer " +"actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es " +"tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual " +"l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 @@ -1118,32 +1476,83 @@ msgstr "Versions incompatibles de paquets" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." -msgstr "Esteu provant d'instal·lar al mateix temps versions capaces de multiversió i no capaces de multiversió d'aquest paquet." +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" +"capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Esteu provant d'instal·lar al mateix temps versions capaces de " +"multiversió i no capaces de multiversió d'aquest paquet." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." -msgstr "Aquesta versió és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per instal·lar aquesta versió i desmarcar la versió no capaç de multiversió, i \"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir l'altra." +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " +"to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta versió és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per " +"instal·lar aquesta versió i desmarcar la versió no capaç de multiversió, i " +"\"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir l'altra." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." -msgstr "Aquesta versió no és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per instal·lar només aquesta versió i desmarcar totes les altres versions, i \"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir les altres." +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta versió no és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per " +"instal·lar només aquesta versió i desmarcar totes les altres versions, i " +"\"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir les altres." -#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -#~ msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " +#~ "already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " +#~ "Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be " +#~ "set." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si " +#~ "són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció " +#~ "Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al " +#~ "menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." #~ msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" #~ msgstr "&Instal·la els paquets recomanats per a paquets ja instal·lats" -#~ msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic " +#~ "Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already " +#~ "Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already " +#~ "installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: " +#~ "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please " +#~ "note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " +#~ "System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). " +#~ "These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +#~ "yast2</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " +#~ "següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a " +#~ "dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si " +#~ "està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan " +#~ "instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les " +#~ "dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us " +#~ "plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb " +#~ "Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del " +#~ "sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes " +#~ "opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +#~ "yast2</tt>." #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- aquest pedaç està trencat -----" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " +#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el " +#~ "pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que " +#~ "l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". " +#~ "Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-26 17:36+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ "Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" "the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Per suprimir les entrades, seleccioneu-les a la taula i premeu el botó Suprimeix.\n" +"Per suprimir les entrades, seleccioneu-les a la taula i premeu el botó " +"Suprimeix.\n" "L'entrada se suprimirà immediatament de la configuració actual..\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 @@ -96,7 +97,8 @@ "and attractive graphical interfaces with their\n" "own sets of perfectly integrated applications." msgstr "" -"Tant el KDE com el GNOME són entorns d'escriptori potents i intuïtius\n" +"Tant el KDE com el GNOME són entorns d'escriptori potents i " +"intuïtius\n" ".Combinen interfícies gràfiques fàcils d'utilitzar\n" "i atractives amb els seus propis\n" "jocs d'aplicacions perfectament integrades." @@ -109,7 +111,8 @@ "most important desktop applications on your\n" "system." msgstr "" -"En seleccionar l'entorn d'escriptori GNOME o KDE predeterminat\n" +"En seleccionar l'entorn d'escriptori GNOME o KDE " +"predeterminat\n" "s'instal·la al sistema un ampli conjunt\n" "d'aplicacions d'escriptori molt importants." @@ -243,7 +246,8 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Les fonts en línia definides pel producte necessiten una connexió a Internet.\n" +"Les fonts en línia definides pel producte necessiten una connexió a " +"Internet.\n" "\n" "Voleu configurar-la?" @@ -387,13 +391,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, tot seguit, feu clic a Següent.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, " +"tot seguit, feu clic a Següent.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, tot seguit, feu clic a Acaba.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, " +"tot seguit, feu clic a Acaba.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -410,7 +422,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "Espereu mentre el gestor de repositoris en descarrega la informació..." +msgstr "" +"Espereu mentre el gestor de repositoris en descarrega la informació..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -472,10 +485,12 @@ msgstr "" "S'ha detectat poca memòria.\n" "\n" -"No és recomanable fer servir repositoris en línia durant la instal·lació inicial amb menys de\n" +"No és recomanable fer servir repositoris en línia durant la instal·lació " +"inicial amb menys de\n" "%dMiB de memòria al sistema.\n" "\n" -"L'instal·lador podria fallar o aturar-se si la informació addicional dels paquets\n" +"L'instal·lador podria fallar o aturar-se si la informació addicional dels " +"paquets\n" "necessita molta memòria.\n" "\n" "En aquests casos es recomana fer servir els repositoris en línia un cop\n" @@ -504,8 +519,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la secció de programari al perfil de l'AutoYaST." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la " +"secció de programari al perfil de l'AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -569,8 +588,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Repositoris d'instal·lació: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Repositoris d'instal·lació: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia " +"d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 @@ -751,21 +774,33 @@ "Gestió dels repositoris i serveis de programari configurats.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "Un servei o servei d'índex de dipòsits (RIS, Repository Index Service) és un protocol per a la gestió de dipòsits de paquets. Un servei pot oferir un o diversos dipòsits de programari que l'administrador del servei pot modificar de manera dinàmica." +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"Un servei o servei d'índex de dipòsits (RIS, Repository " +"Index Service) és un protocol per a la gestió de dipòsits de paquets. Un " +"servei pot oferir un o diversos dipòsits de programari que l'administrador " +"del servei pot modificar de manera dinàmica." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " +"available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Addició d'un repositori o d'un servei nou \n" -"Per afegir un nou repositori, feu servir Afegeix i indiqueu el servei o dipòsit de programari.\n" -"El YaST detectarà automàticament si hi ha un servei o dipòsit disponible a la ubicació que heu introduït.\n" +"Per afegir un nou repositori, feu servir Afegeix i indiqueu el servei " +"o dipòsit de programari.\n" +"El YaST detectarà automàticament si hi ha un servei o dipòsit disponible a " +"la ubicació que heu introduït.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -807,41 +842,68 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " +"the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Modificació de l'estat d'un repositori o d'un servei \n" -"Per canviar una ubicació de repositori, utilitzeu Edita. Per suprimir-ne un, empreu\n" -"Suprimeix. Per habilitar o inhabilitar el repositori, o per canviar l'estat del refresc al moment de l'inici, seleccioneu el repositori a la taula i utilitzeu les caselles de selecció que hi ha a sota.\n" +"Per canviar una ubicació de repositori, utilitzeu Edita. Per suprimir-" +"ne un, empreu\n" +"Suprimeix. Per habilitar o inhabilitar el repositori, o per canviar " +"l'estat del refresc al moment de l'inici, seleccioneu el repositori a la " +"taula i utilitzeu les caselles de selecció que hi ha a sota.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " +"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " +"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " +"used.\n" msgstr "" "Prioritat d'un dipòsit \n" -"La prioritat d'un dipòsit és un valor enter entre 0 (la prioritat més alta) i 99 (la prioritat més baixa). El valor per defecte és 99. Si un paquet es troba disponible en més d'un dipòsit, s'utilitzarà el dipòsit que tingui una prioritat més alta.\n" +"La prioritat d'un dipòsit és un valor enter entre 0 (la prioritat més alta) " +"i 99 (la prioritat més baixa). El valor per defecte és 99. Si un paquet es " +"troba disponible en més d'un dipòsit, s'utilitzarà el dipòsit que tingui una " +"prioritat més alta.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Seleccioneu la opció correcta de la part superior de la finestra per navegar pels repositoris i pels serveis." +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu la opció correcta de la part superior de la finestra per " +"navegar pels repositoris i pels serveis." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." -msgstr "Mantenir els paquets descarregats Seleccioneu aquesta opció per mantenir els paquets descarregats en una memòria cau local. Així poden ser reutilitzats més endavant quan els paquets siguin reinstal·lats. Si no se selecciona, els paquets descarregats s'esborren després de ser instal·lats." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Mantenir els paquets descarregats Seleccioneu aquesta opció per " +"mantenir els paquets descarregats en una memòria cau local. Així poden ser " +"reutilitzats més endavant quan els paquets siguin reinstal·lats. Si no se " +"selecciona, els paquets descarregats s'esborren després de ser instal·lats.</" +"P>" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "La memòria cau local predeterminada es troba al directori /var/cache/zypp/packages, podeu canviar-ne el lloc al fitxer /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" +"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "" +"La memòria cau local predeterminada es troba al directori /var/cache/" +"zypp/packages, podeu canviar-ne el lloc al fitxer /etc/zypp/zypp." +"conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 @@ -957,21 +1019,26 @@ #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "S'han produït errors en restaurar la configuració del repositori.\n" +msgstr "" +"S'han produït errors en restaurar la configuració del repositori.\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." -msgstr "La proposta de programari s'ha reiniciat amb els valors predeterminats." +msgstr "" +"La proposta de programari s'ha reiniciat amb els valors predeterminats." #. warning text #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "No es poden resoldre les dependències automàticament. Cal intervenir manualment." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "" +"No es poden resoldre les dependències automàticament. Cal intervenir " +"manualment." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 @@ -985,8 +1052,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Instal·lació de programari: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Instal·lació de programari: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia " +"d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -996,7 +1067,9 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "Error: No s'ha pogut afegir un directori temporal, els paquets no es poden instal·lar." +msgstr "" +"Error: No s'ha pogut afegir un directori temporal, els paquets no es poden " +"instal·lar." #. error message #. error message @@ -1117,7 +1190,8 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "El controlador no conté un SUPORT o el sistema de fitxers ISO està trencat." +msgstr "" +"El controlador no conté un SUPORT o el sistema de fitxers ISO està trencat." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1126,8 +1200,10 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "Error -- la suma d'MD5 no coincideix. El suport no s'ha d'emprar." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"Error -- la suma d'MD5 no coincideix. El suport no s'ha d'emprar." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1153,33 +1229,41 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Quan tingueu un problema amb\n" -"la instal·lació i estigueu fent servir un CD o DVD com a suport d'instal·lació, heu de comprovar\n" +"la instal·lació i estigueu fent servir un CD o DVD com a suport " +"d'instal·lació, heu de comprovar\n" "si el suport està trencat.\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" +"B>\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu una unitat, inseriu-hi un suport i premeu Inicia la comprovació\n" +"Seleccioneu una unitat, inseriu-hi un suport i premeu Inicia la " +"comprovació\n" "o bé trieu Comprova un fitxer ISO i seleccioneu un fitxer ISO.\n" "La comprovació pot trigar uns minuts segons la velocitat\n" -"de la unitat i la mida del suport. La comprovació verifica la suma de verificació de l'MD5. " +"de la unitat i la mida del suport. La comprovació verifica la suma de " +"verificació de l'MD5. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" -"Si falla la comprovació del suport, no hauríeu de continuar la instal·lació.\n" +"Si falla la comprovació del suport, no hauríeu de continuar la " +"instal·lació.\n" "Pot fallar o podeu perdre dades. Heu de reemplaçar el suport\n" "malmès.\n" @@ -1189,25 +1273,38 @@ "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" msgstr "" -"Després de la comprovació, podeu inserir el següent suport i tornar a iniciar el procediment.\n" +"Després de la comprovació, podeu inserir el següent suport i tornar a " +"iniciar el procediment.\n" "L'ordre dels suports és irrellevant.\n" #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Nota: no podeu canviar el suport mentre el sistema l'utilitza." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +"" +msgstr "" +"Nota: no podeu canviar el suport mentre el sistema l'utilitza." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Per comprovar el suport abans d'iniciar la instal·lació, utilitzeu l'opció de comprovació del suport al menú d'arrencada." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Per comprovar el suport abans d'iniciar la instal·lació, utilitzeu " +"l'opció de comprovació del suport al menú d'arrencada." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" -msgstr "Si sou el qui grava els suports, feu servir l'opció completa del programari de gravació. Evita els errors de lectura al final dels suports durant la comprovació.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" +"P>\n" +msgstr "" +"Si sou el qui grava els suports, feu servir l'opció completa del " +"programari de gravació. Evita els errors de lectura al final dels suports " +"durant la comprovació.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1217,7 +1314,8 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "Es recomana comprovar tots els suports d'instal·lació\n" -"per a evitar problemes en la instal·lació. Per saltar-vos aquest pas premeu 'Següent'" +"per a evitar problemes en la instal·lació. Per saltar-vos aquest pas premeu " +"'Següent'" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1390,7 +1488,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Addició d'una clau GPG nova \n" -"Per a afegir una clau GPG nova, seleccioneu Afegeix i indiqueu el camí del fitxer.\n" +"Per a afegir una clau GPG nova, seleccioneu Afegeix i indiqueu el " +"camí del fitxer.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1404,7 +1503,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Modificació de l'estat d'una clau GPG\n" -"Per a modificar el senyalador de fiable, utilitzeuEdita. Per a eliminar una clau GPG, utilitzeu\n" +"Per a modificar el senyalador de fiable, utilitzeuEdita. Per a " +"eliminar una clau GPG, utilitzeu\n" "Suprimeix.\n" "\n" @@ -1490,7 +1590,8 @@ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"Fer servir una imatge ISO per mitjà d'un protocol ftp o http no és possible .\n" +"Fer servir una imatge ISO per mitjà d'un protocol ftp o http no és " +"possible .\n" "Canvieu el protocol o descomprimiu la imatge ISO en un servidor." #. popup message part 2 @@ -1557,10 +1658,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"El repositori d'instal·lació també conté els repositoris addicionals que apareixen a la llista.\n" +"El repositori d'instal·lació també conté els repositoris addicionals que " +"apareixen a la llista.\n" "Seleccioneu els que voleu utilitzar.\n" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 @@ -1725,28 +1828,49 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "El vostre ordinador és un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. De totes maneres, esteu provant d'instal·lar una distribució de 32 bits." +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" +"bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"El vostre ordinador és un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. De totes maneres, esteu " +"provant d'instal·lar una distribució de 32 bits." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "La llista de patrons indica quines funcions estaran disponibles després d'instal·lar el sistema." +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system." +msgstr "" +"La llista de patrons indica quines funcions estaran disponibles després " +"d'instal·lar el sistema." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "La proposta indica la mida total dels fitxers que s'instal·laran al sistema. Tanmateix, el sistema contindrà altres fitxers (temporals i de treball) i l'espai que s'utilitzarà serà una mica més gran que el valor proposat. Per tant, recomanem que tingueu com a mínim un 25% (o 300 MB) d'espai lliure abans de començar la instal·lació." +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " +"free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"La proposta indica la mida total dels fitxers que s'instal·laran al " +"sistema. Tanmateix, el sistema contindrà altres fitxers (temporals i de " +"treball) i l'espai que s'utilitzarà serà una mica més gran que el valor " +"proposat. Per tant, recomanem que tingueu com a mínim un 25% (o 300 MB) " +"d'espai lliure abans de començar la instal·lació." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " +"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"La \"mida de la descàrrega\" total és la mida dels paquets que es descarregaran des dels dipòsits remots (de xarxa).\n" -" Aquest valor és important quan la connexió és lenta o quan hi ha un límit de dades per a la descàrrega.\n" +"La \"mida de la descàrrega\" total és la mida dels paquets que es " +"descarregaran des dels dipòsits remots (de xarxa).\n" +" Aquest valor és important quan la connexió és lenta o quan hi ha un límit " +"de dades per a la descàrrega.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1781,22 +1905,36 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "S'han marcat aquests productes complementaris per eliminar-los automàticament: %1" +msgstr "" +"S'han marcat aquests productes complementaris per eliminar-los " +"automàticament: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Poseu-vos en contacte amb els proveïdors d'aquests productes complementaris perquè us proporcionin els suports d'instal·lació nous." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Poseu-vos en contacte amb els proveïdors d'aquests productes complementaris " +"perquè us proporcionin els suports d'instal·lació nous." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor d'aquest producte complementari perquè us proporcioni els suports d'instal·lació nous." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor d'aquest producte complementari " +"perquè us proporcioni els suports d'instal·lació nous." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Error: No es pot comprovar l'espai lliure del director %1 (unitat %2), i no es pot començar la instal·lació." +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"Error: No es pot comprovar l'espai lliure del director %1 (unitat %2), i no " +"es pot començar la instal·lació." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 @@ -1831,7 +1969,8 @@ #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "El producte %{old_product} s'actualitzarà a %{new_product}" +msgstr "" +"El producte %{old_product} s'actualitzarà a %{new_product}" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" @@ -1853,16 +1992,23 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per suprimir-los automàticament.</li>\n" -"<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement suprimit perquè us en proporcioni\n" -"un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li>O seleccioneu l'extensió o mòdul apropiat en línia\n" -"al pas corresponent del registre</li><li>O per continuar amb l'actualització del producte\n" -"aneu a la selecció de programari i marqueu-lo (el paquet -release) per suprimir-lo.\n" +"<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per suprimir-los automàticament.</" +"b></li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement suprimit perquè us en " +"proporcioni\n" +"un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li>O seleccioneu l'extensió o mòdul " +"apropiat en línia\n" +"al pas corresponent del registre</li><li>O per continuar amb l'actualització " +"del producte\n" +"aneu a la selecció de programari i marqueu-lo (el paquet -release) per " +"suprimir-lo.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL @@ -1873,12 +2019,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " +"installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquestes són les notes de la versió fetes per a la primera versió inicial. Formen part\n" -"dels suports d'instal·lació. Durant la instal·lació, si hi ha disponible una\n" +"Aquestes són les notes de la versió fetes per a la primera versió " +"inicial. Formen part\n" +"dels suports d'instal·lació. Durant la instal·lació, si hi ha disponible " +"una\n" "connexió a Internet, podreu baixar les notes de la versió actualitzades\n" "des del servidor web del SUSE Linux.\n" @@ -1935,7 +2084,8 @@ "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." msgstr "" -"Hi ha hagut un error en seleccionar el patró de producte per defecte %{pattern_name}.\n" +"Hi ha hagut un error en seleccionar el patró de producte per defecte " +"%{pattern_name}.\n" "No s'ha trobat el patró." #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted @@ -1946,8 +2096,12 @@ msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir el fitxer de llicència %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "Per mostrar correctament la llicència del producte, poseu el fitxer license.tar.gz al directori root del mitjà viu quan es construeixi la imatge." +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " +"root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"Per mostrar correctament la llicència del producte, poseu el fitxer license." +"tar.gz al directori root del mitjà viu quan es construeixi la imatge." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -1992,7 +2146,8 @@ #. popup question #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" -msgstr "Segur que voleu interrompre la instal·lació del producte complementari?" +msgstr "" +"Segur que voleu interrompre la instal·lació del producte complementari?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 @@ -2300,10 +2455,14 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." +"\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nom del repositori</big> \n" -"Indiqueu el nom del repositori a Nom del repositori. Si el deixeu en blanc, el YaST utilitzarà el nom del producte (si està disponible) o l'URL com a nom.\n" +"Indiqueu el nom del repositori a Nom del repositori. Si el deixeu en " +"blanc, el YaST utilitzarà el nom del producte (si està disponible) o l'URL " +"com a nom.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 @@ -2314,10 +2473,12 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nom del servei</big> \n" -"Indiqueu el nom del servei a Nom del servei. Si el deixeu en blanc, el YaST utilitzarà una part de l'URL del servei com a nom.\n" +"Indiqueu el nom del servei a Nom del servei. Si el deixeu en blanc, " +"el YaST utilitzarà una part de l'URL del servei com a nom.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 @@ -2358,19 +2519,23 @@ "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" "<big>Servidor NFS </big> \n" -"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o imatge ISO\n" -"per a especificar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS." +"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o " +"imatge ISO\n" +"per a especificar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS.</" +"p>" #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " +"man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Opcions de muntatge</big> \n" "Podeu especificar opcions addicionals per muntar un volum NFS.\n" -"Aquesta és una opció d'expert. Es recomana mantenir els valors per defecte. Vegeu man 5 nfs\n" +"Aquesta és una opció d'expert. Es recomana mantenir els valors per defecte. " +"Vegeu man 5 nfs\n" "per a més detalls o per veure la llista d'opcions possibles." #. radio button @@ -2389,7 +2554,8 @@ "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>Suport de CD o DVD</big> \n" -"Definiu el CD-ROM o el DVD-ROM per a especificar el tipus de suport." +"Definiu el CD-ROM o el DVD-ROM per a especificar el tipus de " +"suport." #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 @@ -2476,7 +2642,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Memòria USB o disc USB</big> \n" "Seleccioneu el dispositiu USB on es troba el dipòsit.\n" -"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del dipòsit.\n" +"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del " +"dipòsit.\n" "Si no n'indiqueu cap, el sistema utilitzarà el directori arrel del disc.\n" "Si el directori només conté paquets RPM sense metadades\n" "(és a dir, no hi ha informació del producte), activeu l'opció\n" @@ -2490,8 +2657,10 @@ "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza al dispositiu es detectarà automàticament\n" -"si s'ha seleccionat el sistema de fitxers \"auto\". Si la detecció falla o si voleu utilitzar\n" +"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza al dispositiu es detectarà " +"automàticament\n" +"si s'ha seleccionat el sistema de fitxers \"auto\". Si la detecció falla o " +"si voleu utilitzar\n" "un sistema de fitxers concret, seleccioneu-lo de la llista.\n" #. combobox title @@ -2511,7 +2680,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Disc</big> \n" "Seleccioneu el disc on es troba el dipòsit.\n" -"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del dipòsit.\n" +"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del " +"dipòsit.\n" "Si no n'indiqueu cap, el sistema utilitzarà el directori arrel del disc.\n" "Si el directori només conté paquets RPM sense metadades\n" "(és a dir, no hi ha informació del producte), activeu l'opció\n" @@ -2606,18 +2776,22 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servidor i directori</big> \n" -"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o imatge ISO\n" -"per a indicar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS al servidor.\n" +"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o " +"imatge ISO\n" +"per a indicar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS al " +"servidor.\n" "Per habilitar l'autenticació, desseleccioneu Anònim i especifiqueu\n" "el Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya.\n" "\n" -"Pel que fa al dipòsit SMB/CIFS, especifiqueu el nom del recurs compartit a Comparteix\n" +"Pel que fa al dipòsit SMB/CIFS, especifiqueu el nom del recurs compartit a " +"Comparteix\n" "i el Camí del directori\n" "o imatge ISO. \n" "Si la ubicació és un fitxer amb una imatge ISO\n" @@ -2626,7 +2800,8 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " +"repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "Podeu indicar el número de Port d'un dipòsit HTTP/HTTPS.\n" @@ -2647,7 +2822,8 @@ "or on the hard disk." msgstr "" "<big>Tipus de suport</big> \n" -"El dipòsit del programari pot estar ubicat en un CD, en un servidor de la xarxa\n" +"El dipòsit del programari pot estar ubicat en un CD, en un servidor de la " +"xarxa\n" "o al disc dur. \n" "" @@ -2713,14 +2889,18 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Descarrega els fitxers \n" "Cada dipòsit conté fitxers que en descriuen el contingut.\n" -"Activeu la casella Descarrega els fitxers de descripció del dipòsit per descarregar aquests fitxers\n" -"quan es tanqui el mòdul del YaST. Si no seleccioneu l'opció, el YaST descarregarà els fitxers automàticament quan els necessiti més endavant. \n" +"Activeu la casella Descarrega els fitxers de descripció del dipòsit " +"per descarregar aquests fitxers\n" +"quan es tanqui el mòdul del YaST. Si no seleccioneu l'opció, el YaST " +"descarregarà els fitxers automàticament quan els necessiti més endavant. </" +"p>\n" #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 @@ -2960,15 +3140,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" -#~ "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -#~ "installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -#~ "in the registration step</li><li>Or resolve the conflicts manually in the \n" +#~ "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a " +#~ "new\n" +#~ "installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +#~ "module\n" +#~ "in the registration step</li><li>Or resolve the conflicts manually in " +#~ "the \n" #~ "package management</li></ul></li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per ser eliminats automàticament.</li>\n" -#~ "<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement eliminat perquè us en proporcioni\n" -#~ "un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li> o seleccioneu l'extensió en línia adequada o mòdul\n" -#~ "al procés de registre</li><li> o resoleu els conflictes manualment amb el \n" +#~ "<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per ser eliminats " +#~ "automàticament.</li>\n" +#~ "<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement eliminat perquè us en " +#~ "proporcioni\n" +#~ "un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li> o seleccioneu l'extensió en línia " +#~ "adequada o mòdul\n" +#~ "al procés de registre</li><li> o resoleu els conflictes manualment amb " +#~ "el \n" #~ "gestor de paquets</li></ul></li></ul>" #~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 17:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -328,7 +328,8 @@ "però la connexió del servidor encara no és de confiança.\n" "\n" "Si us plau, corregiu el cas del certificat manualment, assegureu-vos que es\n" -"pot connectar amb el servidor amb seguretat i inicieu el mòdul del YaST un altre cop." +"pot connectar amb el servidor amb seguretat i inicieu el mòdul del YaST un " +"altre cop." #. progress label #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 @@ -387,7 +388,8 @@ "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos que un producte està instal·lat i que /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"Assegureu-vos que un producte està instal·lat i que /etc/products.d/" +"baseproduct\n" "sigui un symlink que apunti al fitxer del producte de base .prod." #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze @@ -576,18 +578,25 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" -"Introduïu els codis de registre per a les extensions o mòduls requerits.\n" -"Els codis de registre són necessaris per a un registre correcte. Si no podeu proporcionar un codi de registre, torneu enrere i desmarqueu les extensions o mòduls respectius." +"Introduïu els codis de registre per a les extensions o mòduls requerits.</" +"p>\n" +"Els codis de registre són necessaris per a un registre correcte. Si no " +"podeu proporcionar un codi de registre, torneu enrere i desmarqueu les " +"extensions o mòduls respectius." #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "L'extensió que heu seleccionat necessita un codi de registre a part." -msgstr[1] "Les extensions que heu seleccionat necessiten un codi de registre a part." +msgstr[0] "" +"L'extensió que heu seleccionat necessita un codi de registre a part." +msgstr[1] "" +"Les extensions que heu seleccionat necessiten un codi de registre a part." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." @@ -620,13 +629,21 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "Si us plau, tingueu present que algunes extensions o mòduls poden necessitar un codi de registre específic." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, tingueu present que algunes extensions o mòduls poden " +"necessitar un codi de registre específic." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "Si voleu suprimir alguna extensió o mòdul heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer Center i suprimir-los-en manualment." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"Si voleu suprimir alguna extensió o mòdul heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer " +"Center i suprimir-los-en manualment." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -635,8 +652,11 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar extensions i mòduls disponibles per al vostre sistema." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar extensions i mòduls disponibles per al vostre " +"sistema." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -650,8 +670,12 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar les extensions i els mòduls que es tornaran a registrar." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar les extensions i els mòduls que es tornaran a " +"registrar." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 @@ -660,8 +684,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar quines extensions o mòduls es registraran conjuntament amb el producte de base." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar quines extensions o mòduls es registraran " +"conjuntament amb el producte de base." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -726,22 +754,30 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"El registre del producte inclou el vostre producte a la base de dades del SUSE Customer Center,\n" +"El registre del producte inclou el vostre producte a la base de dades del " +"SUSE Customer Center,\n" "i així us permet obtenir actualitzacions en línia i suport tècnic.\n" -"Per registrar-vos mentre s'instal·la automàticament, seleccioneu Executa el registre del producte." +"Per registrar-vos mentre s'instal·la automàticament, seleccioneu Executa " +"el registre del producte." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Si la vostra xarxa desplega un servidor de registre personalitzat, establiu l'URL correcte del servidor\n" -"i la localització del certificat SMT a Paràmetres del servidor SMT. Referiu-vos\n" +"Si la vostra xarxa desplega un servidor de registre personalitzat, " +"establiu l'URL correcte del servidor\n" +"i la localització del certificat SMT a Paràmetres del servidor SMT. " +"Referiu-vos\n" "al manual de l'SMT per a més assistència." #. the UI defition for the global registration status @@ -759,7 +795,9 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "Instal·la les actualitzacions disponibles des dels repositoris d'actualització" +msgstr "" +"Instal·la les actualitzacions disponibles des dels repositoris " +"d'actualització" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 @@ -826,8 +864,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Introduïu les credencials del SUSE Customer Center aquí per registrar el sistema i obtenir actualitzacions i extensions." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Introduïu les credencials del SUSE Customer Center aquí per registrar el " +"sistema i obtenir actualitzacions i extensions." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 @@ -857,9 +899,12 @@ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" -"Si us plau, introduïu un codi de registre o d'avaluació per a aquest producte i el\n" -"nom d'usuari i l'adreça electrònica del SUSE Customer Center als camps de sota.\n" -"L'accés a actualitzacions de seguretat i generals només és possible en un sistema\n" +"Si us plau, introduïu un codi de registre o d'avaluació per a aquest " +"producte i el\n" +"nom d'usuari i l'adreça electrònica del SUSE Customer Center als camps de " +"sota.\n" +"L'accés a actualitzacions de seguretat i generals només és possible en un " +"sistema\n" "registrat." #. label text describing the registration (2/2), @@ -901,28 +946,50 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar " +"l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i l'emissor del certificat desconegut." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de " +"certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i " +"l'emissor del certificat desconegut." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat autosignat." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat " +"autosignat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per " +"assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "Importar un certificat desconegut sense verificació és un risc de seguretat important." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." +msgstr "" +"Importar un certificat desconegut sense verificació és un risc de " +"seguretat important." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 @@ -947,7 +1014,8 @@ "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"El sistema de base ha d'estar registrat per tal de registrar el complement %s.\n" +"El sistema de base ha d'estar registrat per tal de registrar el complement " +"%s.\n" "Voleu ometre el registre del sistema de base i del complement?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title @@ -957,8 +1025,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." -msgstr "En aquest diàleg podeu seleccionar manualment quins repositoris s'usaran per a la migració en línia. Els paquets s'actualitzaran a l'última versió trobada als repositoris seleccionats." +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" +"En aquest diàleg podeu seleccionar manualment quins repositoris s'usaran " +"per a la migració en línia. Els paquets s'actualitzaran a l'última versió " +"trobada als repositoris seleccionats." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 @@ -1015,8 +1089,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar els productes de destinació de la migració. El servidor de registre pot oferir possibles migracions diferents a productes nous." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar els productes de destinació de la migració. El " +"servidor de registre pot oferir possibles migracions diferents a productes " +"nous." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 @@ -1025,8 +1104,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." -msgstr "Useu la casella %s per seleccionar manualment els repositoris de migració més tard." +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." +msgstr "" +"Useu la casella %s per seleccionar manualment els repositoris de " +"migració més tard." #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" @@ -1059,8 +1142,13 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "ERROR: el producte %{product} no està disponible al servidor de registre (%{url}). Feu disponible el producte per permetre usar aquesta migració." +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"ERROR: el producte %{product} no està disponible al servidor de " +"registre (%{url}). Feu disponible el producte per permetre usar aquesta " +"migració." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format @@ -1100,7 +1188,8 @@ "La miagració seleccionada conté un producte\n" "que no està disponible al servidor de registre.\n" "\n" -"Seleccioneu un objectiu de migració diferent o feu disponibles els productes\n" +"Seleccioneu un objectiu de migració diferent o feu disponibles els " +"productes\n" "que falten al servidor de registre." #. help text @@ -1109,12 +1198,20 @@ msgstr "El sistema ja està registrat." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "Podeu tornar-lo a registrar o podeu registrar extensions o mòduls addicionals per millorar la funcionalitat del sistema." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"Podeu tornar-lo a registrar o podeu registrar extensions o mòduls " +"addicionals per millorar la funcionalitat del sistema." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Si voleu desfer el registre del sistema heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer Center i eliminar-ne el sistema manualment." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"Si voleu desfer el registre del sistema heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer " +"Center i eliminar-ne el sistema manualment." #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1290,7 +1387,8 @@ #~ msgstr "S'ha afegit un servidor d'actualització a la vostra configuració." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." @@ -1333,7 +1431,8 @@ #~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" #~ "submission of the hardware profile automatically." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant automàticament \n" +#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant " +#~ "automàticament \n" #~ " la tramesa del perfil del maquinari." #~ msgid "Update Source Issues" @@ -1348,11 +1447,15 @@ #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El registre com a usuari normal no inclou la font\n" -#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu i més\n" -#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, haureu\n" +#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu " +#~ "i més\n" +#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, " +#~ "haureu\n" #~ "d'afegir la font manualment. Altres\n" -#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden utilitzar igualment\n" -#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari al YaST \n" +#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden " +#~ "utilitzar igualment\n" +#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari " +#~ "al YaST \n" #~ "perquè les fonts estiguin disponibles per a totes les eines." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1388,146 +1491,199 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " +#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " +#~ "amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " +#~ "Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " +#~ "sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " +#~ "incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " +#~ "el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " +#~ "producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " +#~ "instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " +#~ "product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de registre\n" +#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de " +#~ "registre\n" #~ "i se us demanarà el codi del producte. \n" -#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que inclou el producte.\n" +#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que " +#~ "inclou el producte.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " +#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " +#~ "controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " +#~ "Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." +#~ "log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~ "such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " +#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " +#~ "Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " +#~ "estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " +#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " +#~ "amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" +#~ "SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " +#~ "sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " +#~ "incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " +#~ "el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " +#~ "producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " +#~ "instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " +#~ "for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " +#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " +#~ "controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " +#~ "Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." +#~ "log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" +#~ "SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " +#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " +#~ "Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " +#~ "estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" @@ -1618,8 +1774,11 @@ #~ msgstr "No s'han pogut instal·lar els paquets següents" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet " +#~ "%1." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." @@ -1687,29 +1846,70 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "La clau no és vàlida." -#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació opcional." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " +#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " +#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " +#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " +#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de " +#~ "Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us " +#~ "voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu " +#~ "Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu " +#~ "la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació " +#~ "opcional." -#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration " +#~| "Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and " +#~| "then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that " +#~| "can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information " +#~| "about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete</" +#~| "b> or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." -#~ msgstr "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~ "Edit." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a " +#~ "Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou " +#~ "mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors " +#~ "corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -" +#~ "a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. " +#~ "Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una " +#~ "parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of " +#~| "the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server " +#~| "Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " +#~ "Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +#~ "Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -#~ msgstr "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de l'SMT." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del " +#~ "servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del " +#~ "servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de " +#~ "l'SMT." #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "Servidor SMT" @@ -1802,7 +2002,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." -#~ msgstr "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" @@ -1844,22 +2045,30 @@ #~ "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si seleccioneu%1, és probable que el procés de registre falli.\n" -#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al sistema\n" +#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al " +#~ "sistema\n" #~ "i especificar el camí si trieu %2." #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu especificat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu " +#~ "especificat." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu especificat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu " +#~ "especificat." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file" #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del certificat SMT" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del " +#~ "certificat SMT" #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Omet" @@ -1895,7 +2104,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip the Registration?" #~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?" -#~ msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" #~ msgid "Could not copy certificate file" #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar el fitxer del certificat" @@ -1909,7 +2119,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" -#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the Registration." +#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the " +#~| "Registration." #~ msgid "" #~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" @@ -1994,7 +2205,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori de sortida." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori " +#~ "de sortida." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -31,10 +31,12 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de partició de discos durs.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de " +"partició de discos durs.\n" "\n" "Mai no feu la partició de discos que puguin estar en ús d'alguna manera\n" -"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu fent.\n" +"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu " +"fent.\n" "En cas contrari, la taula de particions no es transmetrà al\n" "nucli, la qual cosa podria ocasionar la pèrdua de dades.\n" "\n" @@ -165,7 +167,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." +msgstr "" +"No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -269,7 +272,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "El canvi de mida real només es durà a terme un cop s'hagin confirmat totes\n" -"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, la \n" +"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, " +"la \n" "partició del Windows no es modificarà.\n" "\n" @@ -317,7 +321,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "A la barra gràfica superior es mostra la situació actual.\n" -"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació (un \n" +"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació " +"(un \n" "cop dut a terme el redimensionament).\n" "\n" @@ -384,7 +389,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de Linux.\n" +"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de " +"Linux.\n" "Les particions del sistema &product; es crearan de forma automàtica\n" "en funció d'aquest valor.\n" "\n" @@ -400,7 +406,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de Windows.\n" +"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de " +"Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -443,7 +450,8 @@ "la instal·lació mínima de Linux.\n" "\n" "Per instal·lar Linux, primer heu d'arrencar Windows\n" -"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-ne espai.\n" +"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-" +"ne espai.\n" "\n" "Necessiteu com a mínim %1 MB d'espai lliure al dispositiu de\n" "Windows, comptant l'espai ocupat per l'estació de treball Windows i per a \n" @@ -520,7 +528,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició personalitzada." +msgstr "" +"El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició " +"personalitzada." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -612,7 +622,8 @@ msgstr "" "Heu decidit suprimir completament la partició de Windows.\n" "\n" -"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el procés.\n" +"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el " +"procés.\n" "\n" "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la partició de Windows?\n" @@ -657,8 +668,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la instal·lació, si està disponible." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la " +"instal·lació, si està disponible." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -674,7 +688,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el &product;.\n" +"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el " +"&product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 2 of 3 @@ -685,7 +700,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el &product;.\n" +"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el " +"&product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -702,7 +718,8 @@ "\n" "Per als experts existeix l’opció Particionament personalitzat\n" "que permet tenir un control complet sobre les particions dels discos durs\n" -"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de &productes;.\n" +"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de " +"&productes;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -785,7 +802,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "La partició /home no es formatarà. Després de la instal·lació,\n" -"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari estiguin ben establerts." +"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari " +"estiguin ben establerts." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -935,8 +953,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No hi ha \n" -"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, o bé,\n" +"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No " +"hi ha \n" +"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, " +"o bé,\n" "encongir la partició per a obtenir espai lliure.\n" "" @@ -951,7 +971,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran\n" +"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es " +"perdran\n" "de forma irreversible durant la instal·lació. Si voleu encongir la\n" "partició del Windows, és molt recomanable fer una\n" "còpia de seguretat de les dades, ja que es farà una\n" @@ -989,7 +1010,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No heu assignat cap partició d'arrel per a la\n" -"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a una\n" +"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a " +"una\n" "partició.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1004,8 +1026,10 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició fat en un\n" -"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això probablement comportarà problemes.\n" -"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts de muntatge.\n" +"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això " +"probablement comportarà problemes.\n" +"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts " +"de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu utilitzar aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1019,7 +1043,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux\n" +"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers " +"Linux\n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1034,7 +1059,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu muntat una partició amb Btrfs al punt de\n" -"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de fitxers Linux \n" +"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de " +"fitxers Linux \n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per a aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1138,9 +1164,11 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Atenció: en funció de la configuració, preteneu arrencar\n" -"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició acaba\n" +"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició " +"acaba\n" "en un cilindre per sobre de %1. Sembla que la BIOS no pot arrencar\n" -"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa que la instal·lació \n" +"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa " +"que la instal·lació \n" "de %2 no es podrà arrencar directament.\n" "\n" "Voleu fer servir realment aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1153,7 +1181,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n" -"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar problemes.\n" +"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar " +"problemes.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1167,10 +1196,12 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la instal·lació de %1\n" +"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la " +"instal·lació de %1\n" "no es pugui iniciar directament ja que\n" "els fitxers per sota de \"/boot\" es troben en un dispositiu RAID.\n" -"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta configuració.\n" +"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta " +"configuració.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1236,14 +1267,16 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" "No s'ha assignat cap partició d'intercanvi. Encara que això no és \n" -"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició d'intercanvi.\n" +"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició " +"d'intercanvi.\n" "Les particions d'intercanvi creades al sistema apareixen a la finestra\n" "principal amb el tipus \"Linux Swap\".\n" "Una partició d'intercanvi activada té el punt de muntatge \"swap\".\n" @@ -1260,7 +1293,8 @@ "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es formatarà.\n" +"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es " +"formatarà.\n" "El YaST2 no pot garantir una instal·lació amb èxit, especialment en\n" "els casos següents:\n" @@ -1281,11 +1315,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu aquesta partició\n" -"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de muntatge estàndard\n" +"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu " +"aquesta partició\n" +"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de " +"muntatge estàndard\n" "com ara /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1354,20 +1391,25 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició lògica i \n" +"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició " +"lògica i \n" "ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més gran.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest moment:\n" +"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest " +"moment:\n" "%1\n" -"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la " +"partició ampliada.\n" "Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1381,7 +1423,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició de LVM\n" -"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions " +"dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 @@ -1530,26 +1573,32 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Munta en /etc/fstab per:\n" "normalment, un sistema de fitxers que es munta es reconeix a /etc/fstab\n" -"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de fitxers que\n" -"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" -"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada,\n" +"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de " +"fitxers que\n" +"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els " +"sistemes de fitxers\n" +"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " +"inhabilitada,\n" "això no serà possible.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" +"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En " +"general, només\n" "és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" @@ -1672,11 +1721,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició seleccionada (%1) actualment està muntada a %2.\n" -"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de sistema de fitxers),\n" +"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de " +"sistema de fitxers),\n" "es pot malmetre la instal·lació de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmunteu la partició si és possible. Si no n'esteu segur,\n" -"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu coneixements \n" +"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu " +"coneixements \n" "de com funciona.\n" "\n" "Voleu continuar?\n" @@ -1690,7 +1741,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers de la partició.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " +"fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 @@ -1701,7 +1753,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " +"fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 @@ -1761,7 +1814,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció està\n" +"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció " +"està\n" "poc provada. És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n" "\n" "Voleu reduir el sistema de fitxers?" @@ -1771,7 +1825,8 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositiu seleccionat conté particions muntades:\n" @@ -1831,7 +1886,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs amb Snapper." +msgstr "" +"Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs " +"amb Snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 @@ -1931,16 +1988,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " +"ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" "Si deixeu en blanc la contrasenya d'encriptació, el sistema crearà\n" -"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes\n" +"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu " +"totes\n" "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -1950,16 +2010,20 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de fitxers.\n" -"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de lletres\n" -"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, l'haureu\n" +"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de " +"fitxers.\n" +"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de " +"lletres\n" +"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, " +"l'haureu\n" "d'escriure dues vegades.\n" "\n" @@ -1969,13 +2033,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha de tenir com a\n" +"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha " +"de tenir com a\n" "mínim %1 de caràcters i no pot contenir cap caràcter especial\n" "(p. ex., lletres accentuades o amb dièresi).\n" "\n" @@ -2023,14 +2089,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Si el sistema de fitxers xifrat no conté cap fitxer de sistema i, per tant,\n" -"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest cas,\n" +"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest " +"cas,\n" "no s'accedeix al sistema de fitxers durant l'actualització.\n" "\n" @@ -2051,7 +2119,8 @@ "\n" "És probable que no es pugui arrencar aquesta configuració.\n" "\n" -"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu d'eliminar\n" +"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu " +"d'eliminar\n" "l'etiqueta del disc amb el partidor en mode Expert.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 @@ -2089,7 +2158,8 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Heu seleccionat l’opció de no muntar automàticament un sistema de fitxers\n" -"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament correcte del sistema.\n" +"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament " +"correcte del sistema.\n" "\n" "Aquesta opció pot comportar problemes.\n" " \n" @@ -2104,7 +2174,8 @@ "nonloopbacked file system.\n" msgstr "" "Heu assignat un sistema de fitxers xifrats a una\n" -"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" +"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot" +"\",\n" "/var\". Això no és possible. Canvieu el punt de muntatge o utilitzeu un\n" "sistema de fitxers que no sigui de bucle de retorn.\n" @@ -2141,7 +2212,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." +msgstr "" +"Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text @@ -2160,8 +2232,11 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un punt de muntatge." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un " +"punt de muntatge." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 @@ -2270,7 +2345,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." +msgstr "" +"No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2354,7 +2430,8 @@ "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" "Si seleccioneu una entrada de taula podeu\n" -"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el dispositiu." +"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el " +"dispositiu." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2728,11 +2805,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Si voleu encriptar totes les dades del\n" -"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació d'un volum ja existent\n" +"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació " +"d'un volum ja existent\n" "n'esborrarà totes les dades.\n" #. helptext @@ -2832,8 +2911,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu deixar buida\n" -"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi no es podrà\n" +"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu " +"deixar buida\n" +"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi " +"no es podrà\n" "utilitzar per hibernar (suspendre al disc).\n" "\n" @@ -2944,7 +3025,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." +msgstr "" +"La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -2959,7 +3041,8 @@ msgstr "" "Esteu ampliant un sistema de fitxers muntat amb %1 Gigabytes.\n" "Això pot ser molt lent i podria trigar fins i tot hores. Podríeu considerar\n" -"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina de\n" +"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina " +"de\n" "redimensionar-lo. " #. label for log view @@ -3005,7 +3088,8 @@ msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" "del mapador de dispositius, llevat dels que ja apareixen en alguna altra\n" -"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" +"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums " +"lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 @@ -3490,7 +3574,8 @@ "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els discs durs, inclosos\n" -"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves particions.\n" +"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves " +"particions.\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 @@ -3568,7 +3653,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" -"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" +"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a " +"RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" "multicamí.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3602,8 +3688,10 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes Linux\n" -"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han trobat.\n" +"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes " +"Linux\n" +"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han " +"trobat.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3665,7 +3753,8 @@ "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partició seleccionada l'està usant el grup de volum \"%1\".\n" -"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de volums\n" +"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de " +"volums\n" "i els seus volums lògics s'eliminaran:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 @@ -3776,11 +3865,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al fitxer\n" +"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al " +"fitxer\n" "que contingui les dades per configurar el dispositiu de bucle xifrat.\n" #. helptext @@ -3792,7 +3883,8 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el fitxer es\n" +"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el " +"fitxer es\n" "crearà amb la mida indicada al camp següent. NOTA: si el fitxer \n" "ja existeix, es perdran totes les dades que contingui.\n" @@ -3818,8 +3910,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOTA: durant la instal·lació el YaST no pot fer cap comprovació\n" -"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no es pot\n" -"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per tant,\n" +"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no " +"es pot\n" +"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per " +"tant,\n" "aneu amb compte a l'hora d'assignar les mides i els noms dels camins.\n" #. input field label @@ -4000,7 +4094,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics que s'hi relacionen?" +msgstr "" +"Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics " +"que s'hi relacionen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4008,7 +4104,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física ampliada\n" +"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física " +"ampliada\n" "més gran que %1 en potències de 2, per exemple, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." #. error popup text @@ -4042,12 +4139,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " +msgstr "" +"Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4080,7 +4179,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Introduïu la mida així com també la quantitat i la mida\n" @@ -4098,10 +4198,13 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Els anomenatsVolums Prims poden ser creats\n" -"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les necessitats \n" -"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida més grossa\n" +"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les " +"necessitats \n" +"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida " +"més grossa\n" "que la de Thin Pool. Evidentment, quan hi ha realment dades escrites al \n" -"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les necessitats d'espai.\n" +"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les " +"necessitats d'espai.\n" "Els Volums Prims no poden tenir Stripe Count." #. heading for frame @@ -4135,30 +4238,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum normal.\n" -"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" +"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums " +"abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" "Si en dubteu, aquesta és probablement l'opció bona." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Thin Pool.\n" -"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." +"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les " +"necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum Prim.\n" -"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats de Thin Pool." +"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats " +"de Thin Pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4212,13 +4321,17 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de volums.\n" +"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de " +"volums.\n" "\n" -"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" -"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons calgui." +"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus " +"0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons " +"calgui." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4428,7 +4541,8 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" +"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests " +"canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" "de l'editor de particions amb %1.\n" "Segur que voleu sortir-ne?" @@ -4449,8 +4563,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4481,21 +4599,26 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Aquest nivell incrementa el rendiment del disc.\n" -"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és possible si un dels discos falla.\n" +"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és " +"possible si un dels discos falla.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1 Aquest mode presenta la millor redundància. Es pot\n" -"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades d'un disc\n" +"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades " +"d'un disc\n" "als altres discos. Mentre funcioni almenys un disc, no es perdrà cap dada.\n" "Les particions usades haurien de ser aproximadament de la mateixa mida.\n" @@ -4503,11 +4626,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer servir en tres discos o més.\n" -"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" +"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de " +"discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer " +"servir en tres discos o més.\n" +"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si " +"en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4516,7 +4644,8 @@ "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom significatiu\n" +"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom " +"significatiu\n" "al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n" "disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.\n" @@ -4524,12 +4653,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Afegiu particions al RAID. Segons el tipus de RAID,\n" -"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID 0), la mida\n" -"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).\n" +"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID " +"0), la mida\n" +"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4592,12 +4725,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Mida elemental: És la massa de dades \"elemental\"\n" -"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" -"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" +"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable " +"per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" +"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental " +"no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4607,10 +4744,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritme de paritat per usar amb els RAIDS/6.\n" -"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics amb plats rotatoris.\n" +"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics " +"amb plats rotatoris.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4891,17 +5030,23 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Muntatge per defecte us dóna el muntatge per\n" -"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa el nom del \n" -"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i Camí del dispositiu\n" -"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria de ser\n" +"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa " +"el nom del \n" +"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i " +"Camí del dispositiu\n" +"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria " +"de ser\n" "persistent però malauradament no sempre és així. Finalment UUID i\n" -"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers.\n" +"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -4910,19 +5055,25 @@ "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Sistema de fitxers per defecte indica\n" -"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers nous.\n" +"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers " +"nous.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alineació de les noves particions creades\n" -"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim alinea les \n" -"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el nucli de Linux \n" +"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és " +"l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim " +"alinea les \n" +"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el " +"nucli de Linux \n" "o prova de ser compatible amb el Windows Vista i el Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5014,7 +5165,8 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Si es tornen a escanejar els dispositius que no s'utilitzen,\n" -"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-los?" +"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-" +"los?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5176,7 +5328,8 @@ msgstr "" "El fitxer de patró té un format no vàlid!\n" "\n" -"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe\n" +"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de " +"classe\n" "per línia. Exemple:" #. popup text @@ -5186,32 +5339,42 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" +msgstr "" +"Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Aquest diàleg serveix per definir classes per als dispositius RAID\n" -"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a molts casos\n" +"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a " +"molts casos\n" "se'n necessiten menys (per exemple, només A i B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret sobre\n" -"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. Prement \n" -"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una classe\n" -"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar els que \n" +"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret " +"sobre\n" +"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. " +"Prement \n" +"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una " +"classe\n" +"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar " +"els que \n" "ja estan seleccionats a la classe." #. dialog help text @@ -5237,11 +5400,15 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el primer de la \n" -"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. Llavors, \n" -"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així successivament." +"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el " +"primer de la \n" +"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. " +"Llavors, \n" +"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així " +"successivament." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 @@ -5250,29 +5417,39 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de dispositius.\n" -"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a odre per al RAID \n" +"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de " +"dispositius.\n" +"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a " +"odre per al RAID \n" "que s'ha de crear." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Prement el botó \"%1\" podeu seleccionar un fitxer que contingui\n" -"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" -"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió regular es \n" +"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A" +"\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" +"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió " +"regular es \n" "fa coincidir amb el nom del nucli (per exemple /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" +"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" +"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" "de udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" +"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del " +"dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" "expressió regular." #. headline text @@ -5297,7 +5474,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G o %.\n" +"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G " +"o %.\n" "El valor ha de ser superior a 100k o entre 1% i 200%. Torneu-ho a provar." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5308,12 +5486,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Mida de Tmpfs:\n" -"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o bé\n" -"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el percentatge de la memòria." +"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o " +"Gigabyte o bé\n" +"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el " +"percentatge de la memòria." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5332,7 +5513,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioritat d'intercanvi\n" -"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran serà la prioritat.\n" +"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran " +"serà la prioritat.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5343,11 +5525,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Munta només de lectura:\n" -"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant la instal·lació\n" +"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant " +"la instal·lació\n" "el sistema de fitxers sempre es munta com a lectura-escriptura." #. button text @@ -5362,7 +5546,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sense hora d'accés\n" -"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" +"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció " +"predeterminada és fals.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5376,7 +5561,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pot ser muntat per un usuari\n" -"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és \"als\".\n" +"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és " +"\"als\".\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5389,13 +5575,17 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "No es munta durant l'inici del sistema\n" -"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el sistema.\n" +"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el " +"sistema.\n" "S'ha creat una entrada a /etc/fstab i el sistema de fitxers es munta\n" -"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <punt_muntatge></tt>\n" +"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <" +"punt_muntatge></tt>\n" "(<punt_muntatge> és el directori on es munta el sistema de fitxers).\n" "L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" @@ -5428,16 +5618,20 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "Mode de registre de dades:\n" "determina el mode de registre per a les dades de fitxers.\n" "<tt>journal</tt>: les dades es desen al diari abans d'escriure's\n" "al sistema de fitxers principal. Té un impacte alt en el rendiment. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt>: les dades s'envien directament al sistema de fitxers\n" -"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en el rendiment. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el rendiment.\n" +"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en " +"el rendiment. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el " +"rendiment.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5473,18 +5667,24 @@ msgstr "&Valor d'opció arbitrari" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni " +"tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor d’opció arbitrari:\n" -"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart camp de /etc/fstab.\n" +"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart " +"camp de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si hi ha més d’una opció, se separaran per comes.\n" #. label text @@ -5499,7 +5699,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Conjunt de caràcters per als noms de fitxers\n" -"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" +"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels " +"fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5510,10 +5711,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Pàgina de codis per a noms FAT curts\n" -"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" +"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts " +"en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5524,10 +5727,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Nombre de FATS:\n" -"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." +"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de " +"fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5538,10 +5743,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida de FAT\n" -"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza (12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza " +"(12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament " +"el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5551,7 +5760,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgstr "" +"La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a " +"provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5571,10 +5782,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funció Hash:\n" -"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" +"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els " +"noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5585,10 +5798,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisió d'FS\n" -"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El 3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries 2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" +"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El " +"3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries " +"2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del " +"nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5600,10 +5819,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " +"512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la " +"mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5619,7 +5842,8 @@ "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de " +"fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 @@ -5630,10 +5854,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentatge de mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de " +"fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5644,13 +5870,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Node alineat\n" -"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" -"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes d'identificació\n" +"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes " +"d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" +"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes " +"d'identificació\n" "normalment és més eficaç que l'accés desalineat.\n" #. label text @@ -5672,10 +5901,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels registres\n" -"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" +"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, " +"s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5705,17 +5936,24 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Longitud del pas en blocs\n" -"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" -"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs en un llistat RAID.\n" +"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. " +"Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" +"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs " +"en un llistat RAID.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús que se n'espera.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " +"1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, " +"es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús " +"que se n'espera.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5731,16 +5969,23 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per node d'identificació\n" -"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea un node d'identificació per a cada\n" -"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" -" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de ser més petit que la mida\n" -"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" -"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" -"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor correcte per al paràmetre.\n" +"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea " +"un node d'identificació per a cada\n" +"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la " +"relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" +" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de " +"ser més petit que la mida\n" +"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran " +"quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació " +"d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" +"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor " +"correcte per al paràmetre.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5753,14 +5998,23 @@ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és incorrecte.\n" +"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és " +"incorrecte.\n" "Es permeten valors amb coma flotant entre 0 i 99 (per exemple 0.5). \n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: " +"s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor " +"per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit " +"màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5788,7 +6042,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índex de directori:\n" -"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en directoris grans.\n" +"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en " +"directoris grans.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -5799,11 +6054,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sense historial:\n" -"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan estigueu segurs\n" +"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan " +"estigueu segurs\n" "del que feu.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5932,7 +6189,8 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "La contrasenya només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n" -"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels " +"signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Torneu-ho a provar." #. Label: get password for encrypted volume @@ -6041,8 +6299,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" @@ -6103,7 +6363,8 @@ "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera indirecta\n" +"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera " +"indirecta\n" "el dispositiu %2, que conté les dades necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) @@ -6239,7 +6500,8 @@ "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "L'opció Bus indica de quina manera es connecta el dispositiu\n" -"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs multicamí." +"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs " +"multicamí." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 @@ -6386,23 +6648,29 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Muntat per indica com està muntat\n" -"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, (UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" +"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, " +"(UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu " +"i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un símbol d'interrogant (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està muntat\n" -"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres d'aquest volum\n" +"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està " +"muntat\n" +"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres " +"d'aquest volum\n" "el YaST no actualitzarà el contingut de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6418,7 +6686,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisc (*) després del punt de muntatge\n" @@ -6487,7 +6756,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Bandes mostra el nombre de bandes\n" -"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la banda entre parèntesis.\n" +"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la " +"banda entre parèntesis.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6523,7 +6793,8 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Usat per mostra si un dispositiu\n" -"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" +"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests " +"gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 @@ -6783,8 +7054,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. " +"Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -6832,8 +7107,10 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a través\n" -"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la proposta pot\n" +"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a " +"través\n" +"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la " +"proposta pot\n" "habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també incrementarà\n" "la mida de la partició d'arrel." @@ -6844,7 +7121,8 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de fitxers\n" -"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú desplegable." +"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú " +"desplegable." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 @@ -6852,7 +7130,8 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en suspensió\n" +"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en " +"suspensió\n" "al disc en la majoria de casos." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 @@ -6924,12 +7203,15 @@ #~ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Atenció: no existeix cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" -#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" +#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita " +#~ "partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" #~ " Tingueu en compte que se'n poden crear.\n" -#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al tipus\n" +#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al " +#~ "tipus\n" #~ "0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició d'arrencada?\n" +#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició " +#~ "d'arrencada?\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" @@ -6938,7 +7220,8 @@ #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n" -#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és necessària.\n" +#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és " +#~ "necessària.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -7009,18 +7292,23 @@ #~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està disponible" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està " +#~ "disponible" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " +#~ "system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" +#~ "boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt " +#~ "de muntatge.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Export Device Graph..." @@ -7052,7 +7340,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Seleccioneu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de suprimir-lo.\n" +#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de " +#~ "suprimir-lo.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7106,16 +7395,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +#~ "tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " +#~ "create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " +#~ "all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us crearà \n" -#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes \n" +#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " +#~ "ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us " +#~ "crearà \n" +#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que " +#~ "perdreu totes \n" #~ "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7179,15 +7474,20 @@ #~ "mètode de muntatge per als sistemes de fitxers nous." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó Sí." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el " +#~ "botó Sí." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No</" +#~ "B>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" #~ "for your new installation?" -#~ msgstr "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" #~ msgid "" #~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po 2015-11-03 12:56:11 UTC (rev 94210) @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ca\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" @@ -90,7 +90,9 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." -msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu el camí del fitxer del certificat i el camí del fitxer de la clau." +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, introduïu el camí del fitxer del certificat i el camí del fitxer " +"de la clau." #. Event handlers #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 @@ -256,11 +258,18 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " +"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Si els clients VPN tenen problemes a l'hora d'accedir a certs llocs d'Internet, és possible que els amfitrions afectats evitin el descobriment MTU (unitat màxima de transmissió) automàtic a causa d'una configuració incorrecta del tallafoc.\n" -"Reduir TCP-MSS corregirà la situació; ara bé, l'amplada de banda disponible es reduirà un 10%." +"Si els clients VPN tenen problemes a l'hora d'accedir a certs llocs " +"d'Internet, és possible que els amfitrions afectats evitin el descobriment " +"MTU (unitat màxima de transmissió) automàtic a causa d'una configuració " +"incorrecta del tallafoc.\n" +"Reduir TCP-MSS corregirà la situació; ara bé, l'amplada de banda disponible " +"es reduirà un 10%." #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 @@ -301,7 +310,8 @@ #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." -msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu la IP de la passarel·la abans d'editar les credencials." +msgstr "" +"Si us plau, introduïu la IP de la passarel·la abans d'editar les credencials." #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 @@ -516,11 +526,15 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"Tant la passarel·la VPN com els clients necessiten una configuració especial del tallafoc de SuSE.\n" -"El tallafoc de SuSE no està habilitat; per tant, haureu d'executar manualment l'script de configuració a cada reinici. L'script s'executarà ara.\n" +"Tant la passarel·la VPN com els clients necessiten una configuració especial " +"del tallafoc de SuSE.\n" +"El tallafoc de SuSE no està habilitat; per tant, haureu d'executar " +"manualment l'script de configuració a cada reinici. L'script s'executarà " +"ara.\n" "L'script està ubicat a %s" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94209 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bs/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Nov '15

03 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:09 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94209 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bs/po/packager.bs.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bs/po/packager.bs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bs/po/packager.bs.po 2015-11-03 12:56:08 UTC (rev 94208) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bs/po/packager.bs.po 2015-11-03 12:56:09 UTC (rev 94209) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Damir Bjelobradic <Nagual(a)lugbih.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naziv" @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -515,8 +515,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." @@ -552,23 +552,23 @@ msgstr "Upisujem konfiguraciju korisnika i grupe..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "&Priority" msgstr "Ne pri&hvati" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "&Download" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "Default" msgstr "&Podrazumjevani" @@ -576,79 +576,64 @@ #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Nepoznato" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nepoznato" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 -msgid "Raw URL: %s" -msgstr "" - #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Nepoznat monitor" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "&Napravi" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 #, fuzzy msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Servis" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "All repositories" msgstr "&Reset" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 #, fuzzy msgid "All services" msgstr "Servis" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Servis" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 -msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" -msgstr "" - #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "View" msgstr "" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "Priority" msgstr "Ne pri&hvati" @@ -656,7 +641,7 @@ #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Uključeno" @@ -665,109 +650,109 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 #, fuzzy msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servis" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 #, fuzzy msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "Odaberi" #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "&Kraj instalacije" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 #, fuzzy msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "&Dodatne informacije za korisnika" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "&Servis" #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 #, fuzzy msgid "Properties" msgstr "Progres" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "Uključeno" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 #, fuzzy msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "Ne pri&hvati" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Upisujem postavke..." #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Konfiguracije" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "Konfiguracije" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" @@ -777,7 +762,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -786,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -799,7 +784,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" @@ -809,31 +794,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" @@ -842,7 +827,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -850,73 +835,73 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Snimam konfiguraciju Powertweak-a" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Pravim tačke montiranja" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Pravim tačke montiranja" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "&Kraj instalacije" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "&Kraj instalacije" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Pravim tačke montiranja" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Pravim tačke montiranja" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Učitaj tip konfiguracije" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" @@ -924,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "Učitaj tip konfiguracije" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" @@ -932,7 +917,7 @@ msgstr "Učitaj tip konfiguracije" #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -941,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 #, fuzzy msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "Greka prilikom spaavanja datoteke: %1 \n" @@ -1392,50 +1377,50 @@ msgstr "Da li zaista želite da izbrišete ovu grupu?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "&Odaberite vaš tuner:" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "&Reset" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "&Kraj instalacije" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Pravim tačke montiranja" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Inicijalizacija..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Pravim tačke montiranja" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "&Reset" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1447,7 +1432,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1455,19 +1440,19 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1480,21 +1465,21 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Greka prilikom spaavanja datoteke: %1 \n" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Paket %1 nije pronađen na uređaju." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1502,56 +1487,56 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "&Dodatne informacije za korisnika" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Molim izaberite" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Molim da provjerite da li je instalacijski medij tačan." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Molim da provjerite da li je instalacijski medij tačan." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" @@ -1560,7 +1545,7 @@ #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94208 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bn/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Nov '15

03 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:08 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94208 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po 2015-11-03 12:56:07 UTC (rev 94207) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po 2015-11-03 12:56:08 UTC (rev 94208) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "নাম" @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -544,8 +544,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..." @@ -577,105 +577,88 @@ msgstr "প্যাকেজ ম্যানেজারের কনফিগারেশন সংরক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "&Priority" msgstr "পালটাপালটির অগ্রাধিকার" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে: %1" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "এই YaST2 মডিউলটি কমান্ড লাইন ইন্টারফেস সমর্থন করে না." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 msgid "Default" msgstr "ডি&ফল্ট" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "অজানা মোড" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "অজানা" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "URL: %1" -msgid "Raw URL: %s" -msgstr "URL: %1" - #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "অজানা পোর্ট নেম %1 ." #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "শ্রেণী" # progress item, %1 is a service (init script) name #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "সার্ভিস: %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "All repositories" msgstr "এবং প্রোফাইল ভাণ্ডার:" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 msgid "All services" msgstr "সার্ভিস সমুহ" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "সার্ভিস %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 -msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" -msgstr "" - #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "View" msgstr "&ভিউ" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "Priority" msgstr "পালটাপালটির অগ্রাধিকার" @@ -683,7 +666,7 @@ #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "সক্রিয় হয়েছে" @@ -692,98 +675,98 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 #, fuzzy msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "রিফ্রেশ করুন (&র)" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 msgid "Service" msgstr "পরিষেবা" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 msgid "URL" msgstr "ইউ-আর-এল" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "প্রতিস্থাপন... (&R)" #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "রেজিস্টার্ড ক্যাটালগ" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 #, fuzzy msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "&টগল স্টেটাস(অন অথবা অফ)" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Refre&sh On or Off" msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "অন অথবা অফ রিফ্রে&শ করুন" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "সার্ভারের নাম (&N)" #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 #, fuzzy msgid "Properties" msgstr "আর্কাইভ প্রপার্টিস" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&সক্রিয় হয়েছে" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "স্বয়ংক্রীয় ইনস্টল" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 #, fuzzy msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&WEP কিগুলি" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "রিফ্রেশ করুন " #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "কনফিগারড ক্যাটালগ" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -792,11 +775,11 @@ "\n" "এই ডায়লগে, কনফিগার করা সফ্টওয়্যার তালিকা সাজিয়ে নিন৷" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -811,7 +794,7 @@ "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -825,7 +808,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -846,7 +829,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -863,31 +846,31 @@ "উত্স সেটিং৷" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" @@ -898,7 +881,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "বিস্তারিত:" @@ -906,19 +889,19 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "ঠিক আছে -- আবার চেষ্টা করো (&O)" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন উত্‍‌সের কনফিগারেশন বাতিল কর" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" @@ -928,7 +911,7 @@ "এতে সব পরিবর্তন মুছে যাবে." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" @@ -936,47 +919,47 @@ msgstr "কোন %1 কনফিগারেশন নেই।" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "উত্স তৈরী করা হচ্ছে %1" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "উত্স তৈরী করা হচ্ছে %1" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "রেজিস্টার্ড ক্যাটালগ" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "রেজিস্টার্ড ক্যাটালগ" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "উত্স তৈরী করা হচ্ছে %1" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "%1 পরিষেবা পুনরায় শুরু করছি..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "তালিকা থেকে নির্বাচনকৃত ক্যাটালগ বাদ দেবো?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" @@ -984,7 +967,7 @@ msgstr "তালিকা থেকে নির্বাচনকৃত ক্যাটালগ বাদ দেবো?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" @@ -994,7 +977,7 @@ "সেট করা যাবে না." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -1003,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 #, fuzzy msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1524,50 +1507,50 @@ msgstr "'%1' সত্যিই মুছে ফেলবো?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের উত্‍‌স যোগ করা হচ্ছে..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "একটি রিপোর্টের ধরন বাছুন" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "এবং প্রোফাইল ভাণ্ডার:" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "রেজিস্টার্ড ক্যাটালগ" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "উত্স তৈরী করা হচ্ছে %1" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের উত্‍‌স যোগ করা হচ্ছে..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "উত্স তৈরী করা হচ্ছে %1" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "এবং প্রোফাইল ভাণ্ডার:" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" @@ -1591,7 +1574,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -1602,20 +1585,20 @@ "তৈরী করা যায়নি." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "পরিবর্ধনের অপশন" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1628,20 +1611,20 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "লগ পড়ার সময় ত্রুটি হয়েছে।" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজটি মাধ্যমে পাওয়া যায়নি।" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgid "" @@ -1651,62 +1634,62 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "অতিরিক্ত প্রডাক্ট CD ঢোকান" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "URL: %1" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, ডিরেক্টরি: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "অতিরিক্ত তথ্য" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "অ্যড-অন প্রোডাক্টস" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "অতিরিক্ত প্রডাক্ট CD ঢোকান" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "প্রথম ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়ামটি দিন." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "'%1' তে সেটিংসমূহ লেখা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে." @@ -1714,7 +1697,7 @@ # check out #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po 2015-11-03 12:56:07 UTC (rev 94207) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po 2015-11-03 12:56:08 UTC (rev 94208) @@ -6423,7 +6423,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলো ইনস্টল করা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 #, fuzzy

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94207 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bg/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Nov '15

03 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:07 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94207 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bg/po/packager.bg.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bg/po/storage.bg.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bg/po/packager.bg.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bg/po/packager.bg.po 2015-11-03 12:56:06 UTC (rev 94206) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bg/po/packager.bg.po 2015-11-03 12:56:07 UTC (rev 94207) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.bg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-08 01:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Borislav Mitev <morbid_viper(a)tkzs.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bulgarian <bg(a)li.org>\n" @@ -221,8 +221,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Име" @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -559,8 +559,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Стартиране..." @@ -591,111 +591,94 @@ msgstr "Запазване настройката за управлението на пакетите..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "П&риоритет" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Сваляне на пакет" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Този YaST2 модул няма поддръжка за интерфейс за работа от командния ред." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 msgid "Default" msgstr "Стандартно" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Неизвестно име на порт" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Неизвестно" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "URL: %1" -msgid "Raw URL: %s" -msgstr "URL: %1" - #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Неизвестно име на порт %1." #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Категория" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 #, fuzzy msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Услугата %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "All repositories" msgstr "&Хранилище за Alice:" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 msgid "All services" msgstr "Всички услуги" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Услугата %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 -msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" -msgstr "" - #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "View" msgstr "&Преглед" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Приоритет" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Включено" @@ -704,98 +687,98 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 #, fuzzy msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "&Без обновяване" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 msgid "Service" msgstr "Услуга" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "&Заместване" #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Регистриран хост" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 #, fuzzy msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "&Промяна статуса (Вкл. или Изкл.)" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Refre&sh On or Off" msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "&Обновяване - Вкл./Икл." #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "&Име на раздела" #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 #, fuzzy msgid "Properties" msgstr "Прогрес" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Разрешено" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "&Автоматично сваляне на DNS" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 #, fuzzy msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&WEP ключове" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Обновяване" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Настроени софтуерни каталози" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -804,11 +787,11 @@ "\n" "В този екран може да управлявате настроените софтуерни каталози." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -824,7 +807,7 @@ "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -838,7 +821,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -860,7 +843,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -879,31 +862,31 @@ "Настройки на източника." #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" @@ -914,7 +897,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Подробности:" @@ -922,19 +905,19 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Опит отново?" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Прекратяване настройката на каталога" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" @@ -944,54 +927,54 @@ "Всички промени ще бъдат загубени." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Създаване на източника %1" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Създаване на източника %1" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Регистриран хост" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Регистриран хост" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Създаване на източника %1" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Рестартиране на услугата %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Желаете ли да изтриете избрания каталог от списъка?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" @@ -999,7 +982,7 @@ msgstr "Желаете ли да изтриете избрания каталог от списъка?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" @@ -1009,7 +992,7 @@ "се задава опресняване." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -1018,7 +1001,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 #, fuzzy msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1551,50 +1534,50 @@ msgstr "Наистина ли желаете да изтриете %1?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Добавяне на Xen раздел..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Избор на SLP източник" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "&Хранилище за Alice:" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Регистриран хост" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Създаване на източника %1" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Добавяне на Xen раздел..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Създаване на източника %1" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "&Хранилище за Alice:" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" @@ -1618,7 +1601,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -1629,20 +1612,20 @@ "на каталог от адреса '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Промяна на настройката на XPRAM" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1655,20 +1638,20 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Възникнала е грешка при подготовката на инсталационната система." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Контролният файл %1 не е намерен." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgid "" @@ -1678,69 +1661,69 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Вкарайте CD-то с допълнителния продукт" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, директория: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Допълнителни &LDAP групи" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Допълнителни настройки на групата" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Допълнителни продукти" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Вкарайте CD-то с допълнителния продукт" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Поставете първия инсталационен носител." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Добавянето на допълнителния продукт бе неуспешно." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bg/po/storage.bg.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bg/po/storage.bg.po 2015-11-03 12:56:06 UTC (rev 94206) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/bg/po/storage.bg.po 2015-11-03 12:56:07 UTC (rev 94207) @@ -6241,7 +6241,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "Инсталирането на необходимите пакети бе неуспешно." +msgstr "" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94206 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/be/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Nov '15

03 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:06 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94206 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/be/po/packager.be.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/be/po/packager.be.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/be/po/packager.be.po 2015-11-03 12:56:05 UTC (rev 94205) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/be/po/packager.be.po 2015-11-03 12:56:06 UTC (rev 94206) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Alexander Nyakhaychyk <nyakhaychyk(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Belarusian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Імя" @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -480,8 +480,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Ініцыялізацыя" @@ -515,16 +515,16 @@ msgstr "Захаванне канфігурацыі абсталявання..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." @@ -532,88 +532,73 @@ # table header #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 msgid "Default" msgstr "Па змаўчанні" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Невядомы" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 -msgid "Raw URL: %s" -msgstr "" - #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Невядомы URL сховішча" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Служба: %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 msgid "All services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 -msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" -msgstr "" - #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "View" msgstr "" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Уключаны" @@ -622,98 +607,98 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "" #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 msgid "Properties" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" @@ -723,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -732,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -745,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" @@ -755,31 +740,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -787,7 +772,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -795,79 +780,79 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -876,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" @@ -1305,42 +1290,42 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Сховішча" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1352,7 +1337,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1360,19 +1345,19 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1385,19 +1370,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgid "" @@ -1407,62 +1392,62 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Ігнараванне дрэннага носьбіта..." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Ігнараванне дрэннага носьбіта..." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94205 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 03 Nov '15

03 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-03 13:56:05 +0100 (Tue, 03 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94205 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/linux-user-mgmt.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/rpm-groups.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/vpn.ar.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po 2015-11-03 12:56:03 UTC (rev 94204) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po 2015-11-03 12:56:05 UTC (rev 94205) @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 msgid "&Select" -msgstr "تح&ديد" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 msgid "LCD &Filter" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 msgid "Alias" -msgstr "اسم مستعار" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Font Family" @@ -219,23 +219,23 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Available" -msgstr "متاح" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "إزالة" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 msgid "Down" -msgstr "أسفل" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 msgid "Up" -msgstr "أعلى" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 msgid "&Add" -msgstr "إ&ضافة" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 msgid "&Installed families..." @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ #. delete families, that are part of list for some alias #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57 msgid "&Filter" -msgstr "المر&شح" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61 msgid "Installed Families" @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243 msgid "&Ok" -msgstr "&موافق" +msgstr "" #. save unknown langs #: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/linux-user-mgmt.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/linux-user-mgmt.ar.po 2015-11-03 12:56:03 UTC (rev 94204) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/linux-user-mgmt.ar.po 2015-11-03 12:56:05 UTC (rev 94205) @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:12\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/rpm-groups.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/rpm-groups.ar.po 2015-11-03 12:56:03 UTC (rev 94204) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/rpm-groups.ar.po 2015-11-03 12:56:05 UTC (rev 94205) @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:12\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/vpn.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/vpn.ar.po 2015-11-03 12:56:03 UTC (rev 94204) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ar/po/vpn.ar.po 2015-11-03 12:56:05 UTC (rev 94205) @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" -msgstr "شهادة" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" -msgstr "المفتاح" +msgstr "" #. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 @@ -130,15 +130,15 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" -msgstr "كلمة السر" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" -msgstr "إضافة" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "حذف" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ #. Left side: global config & connection management #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "التكوين العمومي" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Client" -msgstr "العميل" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 msgid "The scenario is"

1 0

Jump to page: